Sunteți pe pagina 1din 288

BSC Level PS Part Parameters

BSC Level CS Part Parameters


Module Parameters
PC Related Parameters
HO Related Parameters
TRX Level Property Parameters
CR Related Parameters
2G3G Related Parameters
Description of iBSC (V6.20.200e) Radio Parameters_R1.0
1. This document deals mainly with the recommended values for network planning and optimization, the description of parameter values, and
the possible influences from parameter adjustment upon the performance of wireless network, under different typical scenes. This document
can be used as a reference for field NPO engineers and maintenance engineers to understand and configure parameters.
2. This document is for internal use only. Any distribution or disclosure of this document, in any form by any means, without the prior written
consent of ZTE CORPORATION is prohibited. When customers have questions about parameters, field engineers may refer to or excerpt
corresponding contents to reply, based on the actual situation in the field.
3. This wireless parameter manual is based on 6.20.200e, and might differ a little from other versions in the following aspects: parameter
name, meaning, and value.
4. This document provides empirical values for parameter configuration, which are not necessarily the most suitable for or best in each field.
Cell Level PS Part Parameters
Cell Level Function Parameters
Cell Level Property Parameters
Adjacent Related Parameters
External Cell Parameters
Channel Related Parameters
Frequency Hopping System
Description of iBSC (V6.20.200e) Radio Parameters_R1.0
1. This document deals mainly with the recommended values for network planning and optimization, the description of parameter values, and
the possible influences from parameter adjustment upon the performance of wireless network, under different typical scenes. This document
can be used as a reference for field NPO engineers and maintenance engineers to understand and configure parameters.
2. This document is for internal use only. Any distribution or disclosure of this document, in any form by any means, without the prior written
consent of ZTE CORPORATION is prohibited. When customers have questions about parameters, field engineers may refer to or excerpt
corresponding contents to reply, based on the actual situation in the field.
3. This wireless parameter manual is based on 6.20.200e, and might differ a little from other versions in the following aspects: parameter
name, meaning, and value.
4. This document provides empirical values for parameter configuration, which are not necessarily the most suitable for or best in each field.
900M 1800M
Codec
mode
adjustment
Cn Cn
This parameter
is used to
determine the
increase of
coding mode
level.
Unlike the unified
coding mode of
the circuit
channel, the
GPRS data
100, % (>) 85, 85, 85 85, 85, 85 85, 85, 85 85, 85, 85
Codec
mode
adjustment
Nn Nn
decrease of
coding mode
level. It is used
at the RLC/MAC
layer of BRP.
Unlike the unified
0 - 255 20, 20, 20 20, 20, 20 20, 20, 20 20, 20, 20
Codec
mode
adjustment
Xn Xn
This parameter
is the threshold
for determining
the decrease in
the level of the
coding mode. It
0 - 100, % (>) 25, 25, 25 25, 25, 25 25, 25, 25 25, 25, 25
Paging
related
BSC's net
operation
mode
NMO
There are three
network
operation
modes:
Mode 1: The
network sends to
Network
operation
mode 1;
Network
operation
mode 2;
Network
operation
mode 2
Network
operation
mode 2
Network
operation
mode 2
Network
operation
mode 2
Paging
related
BSC
support
page
coordinatio
n
PagCoordi
nation
CS based
paging. This
parameter is
broadcasted in
GPRS CELL
OPTIONS
Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes
Resource
Allocation
related
Resource
adjust
threshold
ResourceA
djustThs
When bytes
transmitted for
packet service
data have
crossed the
threshold,
200 - 5000,
Byte ()
2000 2500 2500 2500
Resource
Allocation
related
Support
extended
uplink
dynamic
allocation
ExUpDynS
upport
link dynamic
allocation. While
using this
function, the
MS only need
listen USF
Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes
Suspend&
Resume
MAX times
of
suspend
retry
SuspendM
ax
MS first sends a
SUSPEND
message to BSS
over
SDCCH when a
Class B GPRS
0 - 10 3 3 3 3
Suspend&
Resume
MAX times
of resume
retry
ResumeMa
x
BSSGP layer
parameters.
when GPRS-
attached
MS leaves a
special mode,
0 - 10 3 3 3 3
Definition
Value Range &
Unit
Default
Value in
OMCR
Recommen
ded Value
for Network
Optimizatio
n
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
Category
Parameter
Name
Parameter
Code
Dense Urban/Urban
Suspend&
Resume
Suspend
retry time
BssgpT3
Class B MS
notifies the
network to
suspend packet
service when MS
is ready to
1 - 100, 100ms 30 30 30 30
Suspend&
Resume
Resume
retry time
BssgpT4
It monitors
BSSGP
resuming
procedure.
Service process
in BSC
1 - 100, 100ms 30 30 30 30
PFC
related
Support
PFC
PFCSuppo
rt
This parameter
is broadcasted
through SI13,
PSI1, and PSI13
messages. In
EGPRS system
Yes/No No No No No
PFC
related
Maximum
times of
retrying to
create PFC
DownLoad
BssPFCMa
x
Max retry times
to create PFC. If
"Create BSS
PFC" is
not received
before timer
0 - 10 3 3 3 3
PFC
related
Maximum
times of
retrying to
modify
PFC
ModifyBss
PFCMax
Max retry times
to modify PFC. If
"Modify BSS PFC
Ack" is not
received before
timer BSSGPT8
0 - 10 3 3 3 3
PFC
related
PFC
creating
retry time
BssgpT6
PFC creating
retry time. The
conditions of
timer start, stop,
and timeout
actions are as
1 - 100, 100ms 30 30 30 30
PFC
related
Retry time
to modify
PFC
BssgpT8
Retry time to
modify PFC. The
conditions of
timer
start, stop, and
timeout actions
1 - 100, 100ms 30 30 30 30
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
Support
signal
extended
uplink TBF
SIGNAL_E
UTBF
This parameter
indicates if
signaling uplink
TBF can
use extended
uplink TBF
Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
TBF
release
time of
downlink
transmissio
n
T3193
This parameter
is timer T3193
which is used for
protection on
TBF release
during downlink
0 - 65535,
10ms
51 152 152 152
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
TBF
release
timer
T3191
This parameter
is timer T3169.
During the packet
downlink
transmission, if
the BSN of the
0 - 65535,
10ms
500 500 500 500
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
MAX
allowed
number of
continuous
losses of
uplink data
N3101
This parameter
is counter
N3101, which is
used at
RLC/MAC layer
of BRP.
9 - 255 10 50 50 50
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
Times of
packet
uplink
ACK/NACK
retries
N3103
used at
RLC/MAC layer
of BRP.
During the
packet uplink
transmission, if
0 - 255 10 10 10 10
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
TFI and
USF
release
timer
T3169
This parameter
is timer T3169.
During the packet
uplink
transmission, if
N3101 or N3103
0 - 65535,
10ms
500 500 500 500
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
MAX
allowed
number of
continuous
losses of
uplink
N3105
This parameter
is counter
N3105, which is
used at
RLC/MAC layer
of BRP.
0 - 255 10 15 15 15
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
TBF
protect
time when
radio link
failure
T3195
This parameter
the protection
time of TBF when
the radio link
fails or when the
cell change
0 - 65535,
10ms
500 500 500 500
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
Support
TBF
establish
TBF_EST
This parameter
indicates if BSC
supports TBF
establishment
process. TBF
flow
establishment
refers to
while releasing
uplink TBF, to
determine if new
uplink
TBF shall be
established
immediately for
CTRL_ACK
field in Packet
Control
Acknowledgemen
t message.
Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
MAX times
of radio
access
capabilities
update
retry
UpdateMax
BSSGP layer
parameters.
when MS is
establishing
uplink/downlink
TBF, BSS
0 - 10 3 3 3 3
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
Access
capability
update
retry time
BssgpT5
It monitors
BSSGP
RA_CAPABILITY
procedure.
Service process
in BSC
10 -
300,100ms
30 30 30 30
Resource
Allocation
related
Resource
pool for
PS rate
PsAbisThs
Full dynamic
Abis resource
pool provides
use proportion
of PS channel. if
default value for
0 - 100, % (>) 80 80 80 80
Resource
Allocation
related
Maximum
PS uplink
user per ts
MaxPsUse
rPerTs_0
This parameter
describes
maximum PS
uplink user per
ts.
2010-2-8 4 7 7 7
Resource
Allocation
related
Maximum
PS
downlink
user per ts
MaxPsUse
rPerTs_1
This parameter
describes
maximum PS
downlink user
per ts.
2010-2-16 6 16 16 16
Resource
Allocation
related
Get Static
param
timer
GetStaticP
aramTimer
The counting
parameter, used
by RancRrm, is
used
to timely poll
UPU unit below
60 -
600,100ms
120 120 120 120
Resource
Allocation
related
Weight of
uplink
throughout
on
interface
Gb
RS
Uplink
throughput
weight value at
Gb interface, the
dynamic Abis
adjustment
0 - 100,% 20 20 20 20
Resource
Allocation
related
Weight of
downlink
throughout
on
interface
Gb
RR
Downlink
throughput
weight value at
Gb interface,
the dynamic Abis
adjustment
0 - 100,% 20 20 20 20
Resource
Allocation
related
Weight of
EGPRS
access
request
amount
RA
Weight value of
EGPRS MS
accessing
request times,
the dynamic Abis
adjustment
0 - 100,% 10 10 10 10
Resource
Allocation
related
Weight of
high
bandwidth
request
amount
RM
Weight value of
high-bandwidth
request times, the
dynamic Abis
adjustment
parameter.
0 - 100,% 25 25 25 25
Resource
Allocation
related
Weight of
high
bandwidth
usage
RB
Weight value of
the highest
bandwidth
usage, the
dynamic Abis
adjustment
0 - 100,% 10 10 10 10
Resource
Allocation
related
Weight of
GPRS trx
ratio
RG
This parameter
defines weights
of GPRS carrier
proportion,
RS+RR+RA+RM
+RB+RG+RE
0 - 100,% 5 5 5 5
Resource
Allocation
related
Weight of
EDGE trx
ratio
RE
This parameter
defines weights
of EDGE carrier
proportion,
RS+RR+RA+RM
+RB+RG+RE
0 - 100,% 10 10 10 10
Resource
Allocation
related
PS
channel
delay
release
timer
PSRelDela
y
Information of
releasing this PS
channel when
this
threshold is
achieved. The
200 - 600,
100ms
300 200 200 200
Resource
Allocation
related
Highest
coding
scheme of
signal TBF
SigTBFMa
xCode
While
transferring
upper signaling,
such as PDP
activation,
routing area
MCS1 - MCS9 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6
PS Cell
reselection
related
LLC frame
rerouting
LLCTRAN
SUPPORT
It indicates if
BSC supports
LLC frame
rerouting.
Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes
PS Cell
reselection
related
NACC
supported
NACCSup
port
LLC framework
conversion
refers to the
process: on
NACC, if target
cell is the cell in
Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes
PS Cell
reselection
related
Support
RIM
RIMSuppor
t
RIM RIAE timer
duration.
This timer starts
when controlling
BSS initiates
RAN Information
Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes
PS Cell
reselection
related
RIM retry
times
RIMRetryTi
mes
RIM retry times.
Send it again
based on this
number if
timeout, up to 3
times.
0 - 3 0 0 0 0
PS Cell
reselection
related
RIR timer TRIR
RIM RIR timer
duration. This
timer starts while
controlling BSS
sends request
message to
50 - 300,
100ms
50 50 50 50
PS Cell
reselection
related
RI timer TRI
RIM RI timer
duration. This
timer starts when
serving BSS
sends message
PDU to
50 - 300,
100ms
50 50 50 50
PS Cell
reselection
related
RIAE timer TRIAE
RIM RIAE timer
duration.
This timer starts
when controlling
BSS initiates
RAN Information
50 - 300,
100ms
50 50 50 50
Others
Satellite
transmissio
n at Gb
interface
indication
IsStatellite
GB
It describes if
BSC system
supports
"satellite
transmission at
Gb interface".
Yes/No No
The
satellite
transmissio
n is
adopted
by Gb
The
satellite
transmissio
n is
adopted
by Gb
The
satellite
transmissio
n is
adopted
by Gb
Others R99 Ind R99Ind
It indicates R99
protocol version
ID. BSS
considers this
parameter as a
basis to
Version of
R98 or its
before,
Version of R99
Version of
R99
Version of
R99
Version of
R99
Version of
R99
BSS/SGSN
interaction
related
MAX times
of BVC
block retry
BVCBlkMa
x
If the PTP BVC
must be blocked
due to OAM
intervention or
equipment faults
(disable
2010-3-10 3 3 3 3
BSS/SGSN
interaction
related
MAX times
of BVC
unblock
retry
BVCUblkM
ax
If the PTP BVC
must be
unblocked due to
the OAM
intervention or
recovery of the
2010-3-10 3 3 3 3
BSS/SGSN
interaction
related
BVC
block/unblo
ck retry
time
BssgpT1
It monitors
BSSGP
blocking/unblocki
ng process.
Global process
in BSC central
10 - 300,
100ms
30 30 30 30
BSS/SGSN
interaction
related
MAX times
of BVC
reset retry
BVCRestM
ax
To keep the
initial status
consistent
between the two
BVC sides, the
"Reset BVC"
0 - 255 3 3 3 3
BSS/SGSN
interaction
related
BVC reset
retry time
BssgpT2
It monitors
BSSGP reset
procedure. BSS
initiates "BVC
reset" process
when BVC
10 - 1200,
100ms
30 30 30 30
BSS/SGSN
interaction
related
MAX times
of NS
block retry
NSBlkMax
BSC repeats the
blocking process
when sending
the NS BLOCK
message to
SGSN. If NS
0 - 10 3 3 3 3
BSS/SGSN
interaction
related
MAX times
of NS
unblock
retry
NSUnblkM
ax
BSC repeats
UNBLOCK
procedure after
sending NS
UNBLOCK
message to
0 - 10 3 3 3 3
BSS/SGSN
interaction
related
Timer that
monitors
the
block/unblo
ck
procedure
NS_T1
It is the timer that
monitors the
block/unblock
procedure. The
conditions of
timer start, stop,
1 - 120,s 10 10 10 10
BSS/SGSN
interaction
related
Timer that
monitors
reset
procedure
NS_T2
It is timer that
monitors reset
procedure. The
conditions of
timer start, stop,
and timeout
1 - 120,s 10 10 10 10
BSS/SGSN
interaction
related
MAX times
of NS alive
retry
NSAliveMa
x
Alive message to
SGSN. If BSC
fails to receive
NS Alive
ACKNOWLEDG
E message from
0 - 20 10 10 10 10
BSS/SGSN
interaction
related
Timer that
monitors
alive
process of
NSVC
NS_T4
Timer that
monitors alive
process of
NSVC. The
conditions of
timer start, stop,
3, s 3 3 3 3
BSS/SGSN
interaction
related
NC-Cycle
of NS-VC
test
process
NS_T3
NC-Cycle of NS-
VC test process.
The conditions
of timer start,
restart, and
timeout actions
1 - 60, s 30 30 30 30
BSS/SGSN
interaction
related
Maximum
attempt
period of
reset
NS_T5
Maximum
attempt period of
reset.
Start timer
NS_T5 while
starting NS reset
180, s 180 180 180 180
BSS/SGSN
interaction
related
NSVC
peer to
peer delay
Delay None 1 - 20, ms 10 10 10 10
Flow
control
related
BVC flow
control
period
CellFcPer
This parameter
is the BVC
leakage ratio
measurement
period in the
'BVC Flow
0 - 65535,
10ms
3000 800 800 800
Flow
control
related
MS flow
control
period
MsFcPer
This parameter
is the MS
leakage ratio
measurement
period in the 'MS
Flow Control
0 - 65535,
10ms
3000 1400 1400 1400
Flow
control
related
BVC flow
control
supported
BVCFlowCt
rl
BVC flow control
occurs at Gb
interface between
SGSN and BSS,
and only in
downlinks. BSS
Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Flow
control
related
MS flow
control
supported
MSFlowCtrl
MS flow control
occurs at Gb
interface between
SGSN and BSS,
and only in
downlinks. BSS
Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes
Flow
control
related
Flow
control
mode
FlowCtrlMo
de
BSC has
different flow
control modes
report flow
control
parameters to
2010-1-3 1
SGSN is
HW or
MOTO: 2;
SGSN is
other
manufactur
SGSN is
HW or
MOTO: 2;
SGSN is
other
manufactur
SGSN is
HW or
MOTO: 2;
SGSN is
other
manufactur
Flow
control
related
Parameter
of Flow
control
mode 1
FlowCtlMo
de1Para
BSC reports flow
control
parameters
according to
actual traffic at
radio interface
1 - 100 1
Flow
control
mode 1: 2;

Flow
control
Flow
control
mode 1: 2;

Flow
control
Flow
control
mode 1: 2;

Flow
control
Flow
control
related
Parameter
of Flow
control
mode 2
FlowCtlMo
de2Para
max traffic that
the cell can
provide when
adopting
mode 2.
Maximum value
10 - 1000,
100bps
214 800 800 800
Flow
control
related
BVC flow
control R
MIN value
BVCFlowCt
rlRMin
This is the
minimum value
of leaking rate R
in reported
BVC flow control
parameters
10 - 300,
100bps
80 80 80 80
Flow
control
related
MS flow
control R
MIN value
MSFlowCtrl
RMin
This is the
minimum value
of leaking rate R
in reported
MS flow control
parameters
10 - 300,
100bps
80 80 80 80
Not valid
Protection
time for
FUC
channel
type
change
ccmT1 None 2 - 10, s 10 10 10 10
Not valid
Protection
time for T-
network
connection
ccmT2 None 2 - 10, s 10 10 10 10
Not valid
Protection
time for
LSP
movement
ccmT3 None 2 - 10, s 10 10 10 10
Not valid
Downlink
TBF retry
DLTBFRetr
y
None
Not retry
one times
two times
Not retry Not retry Not retry Not retry
Not valid
BVC flow
control
threshold
CellFcThs None 1 - 100, % 80 80 80 80
Not valid
MS flow
control
threshold
MsFcThs None 1 - 100, % 80 80 80 80
Not valid
Extended
RLC send
window
allowed
IsWindowE
xpend
if extended RLC
send window is
allowed.
Yes/No No No No No
Not valid C None 0 - 10 5 5 5 5
PoC
Related
Optimized
PoC
service
support
POCSUPP
ORT
Yes/No No No No No
PoC
Related
Maximal
users of
POC
service on
shared PS
channel 0
PSCAPAT
HS_UL
2010-2-6 3 3 3 3
PoC
Related
Maximal
users of
POC
service on
shared PS
channel 1
PSCAPAT
HS_DL
It indicates the
upper limit of
PoC service
subscribers in
shared downlink
channel.
2010-2-6 3 3 3 3
PoC
Related
Highest
coding
scheme of
POC
service in
GPRS
PocAttSelt
_0
It describes the
highest coding
mode that can be
used while
GPRS MS does
POC service.
CS1, CS2,
CS3, CS4
CS3 CS3 CS3 CS3
PoC
Related
Highest
coding
scheme of
POC
service in
EGPRS
PocAttSelt
_1
It describes the
highest coding
mode that can
be used EGPRS
MS does POC
service.
MCS1 - MCS9 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6
PoC
Related
Maximal
resource
for POC
service
POCSrcTh
s
It indicates the
percent of
current PS
resource
occupied by
POC service.
0-100,% 50 50 50 50
Others
TRX PS
busy
threshold
TrxPSBusy
Ths
This parameter
is used to collect
PS service on
the idle carrier
while applying
for PS, against
1 - 6400 (<) 900 900 900 900
IP related
SNS add
retries
SNSAddM
ax
This parameter
describes the
max retries of
SNS addition
operation, when
SNS Ack is not
2010-3-10 3 3 3 3
IP related
SGSN
configure
retries
SNSConfig
Max
This parameter
describes the
max retries of
SNS
configuration
operation, when
2010-3-10 3 3 3 3
IP related
SNS
modify
retries
SNSChgW
eightMax
This parameter
describes the
max retries of
SNS
change weight,
when SNS Ack
2010-3-10 3 3 3 3
IP related
SNS
delete
retries
SNSDelMa
x
This parameter
describes the
max retries of
SNS delete
operation, when
SNS Ack is not
2010-3-10 3 3 3 3
IP related
SNS size
retries
SNSSizeM
ax
This parameter
describes the
max retries of
SNS
SIZE operation,
when SNS Size
2010-3-10 3 3 3 3
IP related
SNS
process
monitoring
timer
SNS_T1
This parameter
describes SNS
process
monitoring
timer. The
conditions of
10 -
100,100ms
30 30 30 30
IP related Abis CS IPTOS_0
CS service
corresponds to
used TOS under
IP Abis.
This parameter
field belongs to
0 - 64 0 0 0 0
IP related Abis PS IPTOS_1
PS service
corresponds to
used TOS under
IP Abis.
This parameter
field belongs to
0 - 64 0 0 0 0
IP related A CS IPTOS_2
CS service
corresponds to
used TOS under
IP A.
This parameter
field belongs to
0 - 64 0 0 0 0
IP related IPOE CS IPTOS_3
CS service
corresponds to
used TOS
under IP Over
E1.
This parameter
0 - 64 0 0 0 0
IP related IPOE PS IPTOS_4
PS service
corresponds to
used TOS
under IP Over
E1.
This parameter
0 - 64 0 0 0 0
IP related
IPOE
SCTP
IPTOS_5
SCTP packets
corresponds to
used TOS
under IP Over
E1.
This parameter
0 - 64 0 0 0 0
IP related
IPGb
Conversati
on TOS
IPTOS_6
TOS used while
QoS service type
is
conversation
under IP GB.
This parameter
0 - 64 0 0 0 0
IP related
IPGb
Streaming
TOS
IPTOS_7
TOS used while
QoS service type
is streaming
media service
under IP GB.
This parameter
0 - 64 0 0 0 0
IP related
IPGb
Interactive
TOS
IPTOS_8
TOS used while
QoS service type
is
interactive under
IP GB.
This parameter
0 - 64 0 0 0 0
IP related
IPGb
Backgroun
d TOS
IPTOS_9
TOS used while
QoS service type
is background
service under IP
GB.
This parameter
0 - 64 0 0 0 0
IP related IPGb TOS IPTOS_10
TOS used while
QoS service type
is
general under IP
GB.
This parameter
0 - 64 0 0 0 0
IP related
DSCP
Field of
SCTP
Packet
Info3
DSCP Field of
SCTP Packet
This parameter
field belongs to
service IP
telegraph service
0 - 63 0 0 0 0
Co-BCCH 900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M
85, 85, 85 85, 85, 85 85, 85, 85 90, 90, 90 90, 90, 90 85, 85, 85 85, 85, 85 85, 85, 85 85, 85, 85
20, 20, 20 20, 20, 20 20, 20, 20 20, 20, 20 20, 20, 20 20, 20, 20 20, 20, 20 20, 20, 20 20, 20, 20
25, 25, 25 25, 25, 25 25, 25, 25 15, 15, 15 15, 15, 15 25, 25, 25 25, 25, 25 25, 25, 25 25, 25, 25
Network
operation
mode 2
Network
operation
mode 2
Network
operation
mode 2
Network
operation
mode 2
Network
operation
mode 2
Network
operation
mode 2
Network
operation
mode 2
Network
operation
mode 2
Network
operation
mode 2
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Indoor Coverage/Tunnel
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
Dense Urban/Urban Rural
Express Way/High-
speed Railway
Wide Coverage
30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
No No No No No No No No No
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
152 152 152 152 152 152 152 152 152
500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
The
satellite
transmissio
n is
adopted
by Gb
The
satellite
transmissio
n is
adopted
by Gb
The
satellite
transmissio
n is
adopted
by Gb
The
satellite
transmissio
n is
adopted
by Gb
The
satellite
transmissio
n is
adopted
by Gb
The
satellite
transmissio
n is
adopted
by Gb
The
satellite
transmissio
n is
adopted
by Gb
The
satellite
transmissio
n is
adopted
by Gb
The
satellite
transmissio
n is
adopted
by Gb
Version of
R99
Version of
R99
Version of
R99
Version of
R99
Version of
R99
Version of
R99
Version of
R99
Version of
R99
Version of
R99
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
SGSN is
HW or
MOTO: 2;
SGSN is
other
manufactur
SGSN is
HW or
MOTO: 2;
SGSN is
other
manufactur
SGSN is
HW or
MOTO: 2;
SGSN is
other
manufactur
SGSN is
HW or
MOTO: 2;
SGSN is
other
manufactur
SGSN is
HW or
MOTO: 2;
SGSN is
other
manufactur
SGSN is
HW or
MOTO: 2;
SGSN is
other
manufactur
SGSN is
HW or
MOTO: 2;
SGSN is
other
manufactur
SGSN is
HW or
MOTO: 2;
SGSN is
other
manufactur
SGSN is
HW or
MOTO: 2;
SGSN is
other
manufactur
Flow
control
mode 1: 2;

Flow
control
Flow
control
mode 1: 2;

Flow
control
Flow
control
mode 1: 2;

Flow
control
Flow
control
mode 1: 2;

Flow
control
Flow
control
mode 1: 2;

Flow
control
Flow
control
mode 1: 2;

Flow
control
Flow
control
mode 1: 2;

Flow
control
Flow
control
mode 1: 2;

Flow
control
Flow
control
mode 1: 2;

Flow
control
800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Not retry Not retry Not retry Not retry Not retry Not retry Not retry Not retry Not retry
80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
No No No No No No No No No
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
No No No No No No No No No
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CS3 CS3 CS3 CS3 CS3 CS3 CS3 CS3 CS3
MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6
50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
If the parameter value is set big, the
increase of coding mode level will be more
difficult.
If the parameter value is set small, the
increase of coding mode level will be
easier.
It is suggested that the parameter value
should be set big. So it is possible to
realize the increase of coding mode level
when BLER is quite small.
If the parameter value is set big enough, it

This parameter is like the forgetting factor
of the adjustment of EDGE coding mode.
If the parameter value is set big, more
attention will be given to the number of
data blocks which have been transmitted.
In this way, the adjustment of coding mode

If the parameter value is set big, the


decrease of coding mode will be more
difficult.
If the parameter value is set small, the
decrease of coding mode will be easier.
It is suggested that the parameter value

Currently, PBCCH and Gs interface are
not used, and the network operation mode
2 is adopted.
If it is set in a wrong way, the success rate
of CS based paging will be greatly affected.
If this function is enabled, the success rate
of CS based paging will be improved.
Note: The network side cannot deliver the
CS paging messages through PACCH
unless it knows the MS IMSI. In other
words, the CS paging messages can only
If the parameter value is set too small, the
reallocation of resources tend to be
misjudged.
If the parameter value is set too big, it is
possible to have the following
consequences.

With the extended dynamic allocation, one


downlink PDTCH is allowed to schedule
more than one uplink PDTCH. This
contributes to improve the uploading rate
of the terminals which support EDA (the
protocol terminal of R4 or a more

The recommended value is defined in


"Table 12.1.b: Procedure retry counters"
of 3GPP TS 48.018. (For details, please
refer to the field SUSPEND-RETRIES). It
should not be modified.
The recommended value is defined in
"Table 12.1.b: Procedure retry counters"
of 3GPP TS 48.018 (For details, please
refer to the field RESUME-RETRIES). It
should not be modified.
Coverage
Rate
Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter
Accessibility Mobility
Description
Reliability Throughput
As to the waiting delay of Gb interface, 3s
is enough. It is not a network optimization
parameter, and it should not be modified.
As to the waiting delay of Gb interface, 3s
is enough. It is not a network optimization
parameter, and it should not be modified.
When the PFC services are used, it is
possible to have access failures due to the
inadequate bandwidth resources.
If PFC needs to be used at the work field,
it should be enabled.
If PFC does not need to be used at the

The recommended value is defined in


"Table 12.1.b: Procedure retry counters"
of 3GPP TS 48.018 (For details, please
refer to the field CREATE-BSS-PFC-
RETRIES). It should not be modified.
The recommended value is defined in
"Table 12.1.b: Procedure retry counters"
of 3GPP TS 48.018 (For details, please
refer to the field MODIFY-BSS-PFC-
RETRIES).It should not be modified.
As to the waiting delay of Gb interface, 3s
is enough. It is not a network optimization
parameter, and it should not be modified.
As to the waiting delay of Gb interface, 3s
is enough. It is not a network optimization
parameter, and it should not be modified.
If this function is enabled, the following
functions can be realized.
1 When it starts to count down, the data
transmission can be started again in no
time if new data needs to be transmitted.
The difference here is that it is not

For T3192/T3193, the delaying tactic
should be adopted. Though the downlink
resources are wasted to some extent, the
network can deliver the "packet downlink
allocation" message directly before
T3192/T3193 expires so as to establish a

When BSC transmits the last RLC data


block of the downlink TBF, FBI = 1, and
RRBP is also configured. MS is required
to respond to the Downlink Ack/Nack
message. Besides, T3191 is started. If the
response from the MS is received by the

If the parameter value is set big, the failure


ratio of the abnormal uplink TBF can be
improved.
If the parameter value is set too small, it is
possible that several consecutive blocks
cannot be delivered successfully

If the parameter value is set big, the failure


ratio of the abnormal uplink TBF can be
improved.
If the parameter value is set too small, it is
possible that sometimes several PACKET
CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

When T3169 expires, TFI and USF


resources are released to be reused by
the network side. If the parameter value is
too big, it is meaningless for data
transmission. That's because when N3101
and N3103 reach N3101_MAX and
If the parameter value is set big, the failure
ratio of the abnormal downlink TBF and
the success rate of the downlink TBF
establishment will both be improved.
If the parameter value is set too small, it is
quite possible that sometimes several

When T3195 expires, TFI resources are


released so as to be reused by the
network side. If the parameter value is set
too big, it is meaningless for data
transmission. That's because TBF will be
forced to be released when N3105
Initial TBF establishment means: When
uplink TBF is released, the CTRL_ACK in
the last Packet Control Acknowledgement
will indicate whether a new uplink TBF
needs to be established immediately.
Theoretically, enabling this function can
avoid the situation that uplink TBF must be
released before resource allocation
requests are initiated again to establish
uplink TBF. Thus, uplink throughput can
be improved.
As most MSs (BlackBerry, and fake
phones) are not completely compatible
with this function, those that do not fully
support initial TBF establishment may not
access network. It is not recommended to
enable this function in versions before
iBSC V6.20.200f.p005;
As this function might be enabled in the
field by mistake, it has been disabled on
OMCR for iBSC V6.20.200f.p005 and later

The recommended value is defined in


"Table 12.2: Procedure retry counters" of
3GPP TS 08.18 (For details, please refer
to the field RA-CAPABILITY-UPDATE-
RETRIES). It should not be modified.
As to the waiting delay of Gb interface, 3s
is enough. It is not a network optimization
parameter, and it should not be modified.
For EDGE network, this parameter should
be larger than (PDTCH*4*16kbps/Abis
bandwidth).
If it is the GPRS network where CS3/4 is
enabled, this parameter should be larger
than (PDTCH*2*16kbps/Abis bandwidth).

If the parameter value is set small, there
may be radio resource congestion when
the data service is busy. In this case, the
success rate of the uplink TBF
establishment may be affected.
If the parameter value is set big, the ability

If the parameter value is set small, there


may be radio resource congestion when
the data service is busy. In this case, the
success rate of the downlink TBF
establishment may be affected.
If the parameter value is set big, the ability

If the parameter value is set big, the Abis


resources of each cell in the environment
of the dynamic Abis resource pool may not
be adjusted in time. In this case, the
success rate of TBF establishment and
the relevant throughput KPIs may be

For a newly established network, it is
suggested that the default value should be
used as the original configuration. At the
network optimization phase, it can be
slightly adjusted according to the actual
situation at the work field. However, it

For a newly established network, it is
suggested that the default value should be
used as the original configuration. At the
network optimization phase, it can be
slightly adjusted according to the actual
situation at the work field. However, it

For a newly established network, it is
suggested that the default value should be
used as the original configuration. At the
network optimization phase, it can be
slightly adjusted according to the actual
situation at the work field. However, it

For a newly established network, it is
suggested that the default value should be
used as the original configuration. At the
network optimization phase, it can be
slightly adjusted according to the actual
situation at the work field. However, it

For a newly established network, it is
suggested that the default value should be
used as the original configuration. At the
network optimization phase, it can be
slightly adjusted according to the actual
situation at the work field. However, it

For a newly established network, it is
suggested that the default value should be
used as the original configuration. At the
network optimization phase, it can be
slightly adjusted according to the actual
situation at the work field. However, it

For a newly established network, it is
suggested that the default value should be
used as the original configuration. At the
network optimization phase, it can be
slightly adjusted according to the actual
situation at the work field. However, it

Since the priority is given to the CS
service, the dynamic channel should keep
being the TCH type if possible. Since the
minimum configuration of the Timer is 20s.
The recommended minimum value is 20s.
Since the number of valid bytes of the
signaling block is few, it is not necessary
to transmit through the block of a high
coding scheme. If a low coding scheme is
used for the transmission, there will be
some benefits, including the improvement

If this function is enabled, the interruption
interval of cell reselection data will be
shortened. To some extent, the testing
throughput related KPIs can be improved.
But in iBSC V6.20.200e series, this
function is not completely realized.
iBSC V6.20.200f series, it is
recommended to enable this function.

The function of Network-Assisted Cell


Change (NACC) allows the BSC to assist
the GPRS/EDGE MSs which are under
the Packet Transfer mode in completing
the cell update. The cell reselection delay
is mainly influenced by the time needed to

The function of Network-Assisted Cell


Change (NACC) allows the BSC to assist
the GPRS/EDGE MSs which are under
the Packet Transfer mode in completing
the cell update. The cell reselection delay
is mainly influenced by the time needed to

It is suggested that the cell reselection


should be originated again when the
candidate cells which satisfy the cell
reselection trigger conditions are found
again after the failure. In this way, it is
possible to try the best candidate cells.
It is better to originate the cell reselection
again when the candidate cells which
satisfy the cell reselection trigger
conditions are found again after the failure
than to wait for a long period of time. In
this way, it is possible to try the best
It is better to originate the cell reselection
again when the candidate cells which
satisfy the cell reselection trigger
conditions are found again after the failure
than to wait for a long period of time. In
this way, it is possible to try the best
It is better to originate the cell reselection
again when the candidate cells which
satisfy the cell reselection trigger
conditions are found again after the failure
than to wait for a long period of time. In
this way, it is possible to try the best
It should be planned according to the
transmission type on Gb interface.
This is a parameter which is left over by
history. At present, "Version of R98 or its
before" no long exists.
The recommended value is defined in
"Table 12.1.b: Procedure retry counters"
of 3GPP TS 48.018 (For details, please
refer to the field BVC-BLOCK-RETRIES.).
It should not be modified.
The recommended value is defined in
"Table 12.1.b: Procedure retry counters"
of 3GPP TS 48.018 (For details, please
refer to the field BVC-UNBLOCK-
RETRIES.).It should not be modified.
As to the waiting delay of Gb interface, 3s
is enough. It is not a network optimization
parameter, and it should not be modified.
The recommended value is defined in
"Table 12.1.b: Procedure retry counters"
of 3GPP TS 48.018 (For details, please
refer to the field BVC-RESET-RETRIES.).
It should not be modified.
As to the waiting delay of Gb interface, 3s
is enough. It is not a network optimization
parameter, and it should not be modified.
The recommended value is defined in
"Table 16/ 3GPP TS 08.16: System
counters" of 3GPP TS 08.16 (For details,
please refer to the field NS-BLOCK-
RETRIES.). It should not be modified.
The recommended value is defined in
"Table 16/ 3GPP TS 08.16: System
counters" of 3GPP TS 08.16 (For details,
please refer to the field NS-UNBLOCK-
RETRIES.).It should not be modified.
As to the waiting delay of Gb interface,
10s is enough. It is not a network
optimization parameter, and it should not
be modified.
As to the waiting delay of Gb interface,
10s is enough. It is not a network
optimization parameter, and it should not
be modified.
The recommended value is defined in
"Table 16/ 3GPP TS 08.16: System
counters" of 3GPP TS 08.16 (For details,
please refer to the field NS-ALIVE-
RETRIES.). It should not be modified.
There is only one value in the value range.
It should not be adjusted.
This is a commissioning parameter, and it
does not need to be adjusted.
There is only one value in the value range.
It should not be adjusted.
It works for E1_Gb, but it does not work
for IP_Gb. It is not an optimization
parameter. It should keep being the ZTE
default value.
If the parameter value is set too big, there
is a tendency that the flow control cannot
be completed in time.
If the parameter value is not set in a
reasonable way, the downloading will be
interrupted, and the relevant throughput

If the parameter value is set too small,


there will be an increase of the system
load (MS flow control is for subscribers,
while BVC flow control is for cells.). It is
suggested that this parameter should be
set with a slightly bigger value than BVC

This function should be enabled. In this


case, it can be avoided that some LLC
data are abandoned because of the
overtime of BVC caused by the fact that
the grouping channel is too busy (too
many LLC frame caches). Or some new

This function should be enabled. In this


case, it can be avoided that some LLC
data are abandoned because of the
overtime of MS caused by the fact that the
grouping channel is too busy (too many
LLC frame caches). Or some new

If the parameter is not set in a reasonable


way, or SGSN is HW or MOTO, and the
parameter is set as 1, the downloading will
be interrupted, and the relevant throughput
KPIs will be affected.

When flow control mode 1 is adopted, the


actual counted value is smaller due to the
re-transmission on RLC layer, TBF failure,
and so on. So BSC multiplies the actual
traffic with a multiple.
If the parameter value is not set in a

When flow control mode 2 is adopted, the


actual counted value is smaller due to the
re-transmission on RLC layer, TBF failure,
and so on. Therefore, this parameter
should be set with a slightly bigger value,
especially for EDGE network. It should be

It should be equal to or a little smaller than


the effective rate of RLC layer of
CS1/MCS1.
If the parameter is not set in a reasonable
way, the downloading will be interrupted
and the relevant throughput KPIs will be

It should be equal to or a little smaller than


the effective rate of RLC layer of
CS1/MCS1.
If the parameter is not set in a reasonable
way. The downloading will be interrupted
and the relevant throughput KPIs will be

It is already not valid. It should keep being


the ZTE default value.
It is already not valid. It should keep being
the ZTE default value.
It is already not valid. It should keep being
the ZTE default value.
It is already not valid. It should keep being
the ZTE default value.
It is already not valid. It should keep being
the ZTE default value.
It is already not valid. It should keep being
the ZTE default value.
It is already not valid. It should keep being
the ZTE default value.
It is already not valid. It should keep being
the ZTE default value.
The PoC-related optimization parameters
are not recommended except that some
radio resources are planned for the PoC
service separately at the work field.
The PoC-related optimization parameters
are not recommended except that some
radio resources are planned for the PoC
service separately at the work field.
The PoC-related optimization parameters
are not recommended except that some
radio resources are planned for the PoC
service separately at the work field.
The PoC-related optimization parameters
are not recommended except that some
radio resources are planned for the PoC
service separately at the work field.
The PoC-related optimization parameters
are not recommended except that some
radio resources are planned for the PoC
service separately at the work field.
The PoC-related optimization parameters
are not recommended except that some
radio resources are planned for the PoC
service separately at the work field.
When the parameter value is set big, the
new subscribers will be allocated to the
idle TRX which is configured with PDTCH
if the reusability of the data service on the
carrier frequency is low. In doing so, it is
supposed to improve the user experience.

It only works when Gb interface is with the


dynamic IP networking. At present, the Gb
interface is not connected by adopting the
dynamic IP.
It only works when Gb interface is with the
dynamic IP networking. At present, the Gb
interface is not connected by adopting the
dynamic IP.
It only works when Gb interface is with the
dynamic IP networking. At present, the Gb
interface is not connected by adopting the
dynamic IP.
It only works when Gb interface is with the
dynamic IP networking. At present, the Gb
interface is not connected by adopting the
dynamic IP.
It only works when Gb interface is with the
dynamic IP networking. At present, the Gb
interface is not connected by adopting the
dynamic IP.
It only works when Gb interface is with the
dynamic IP networking. At present, the Gb
interface is not connected by adopting the
dynamic IP.
It has not been tested at the work field yet.
It should keep being the ZTE default value.
It has not been tested at the work field yet.
It should keep being the ZTE default value.
It has not been tested at the work field yet.
It should keep being the ZTE default value.
It has not been tested at the work field yet.
It should keep being the ZTE default value.
It has not been tested at the work field yet.
It should keep being the ZTE default value.
It has not been tested at the work field yet.
It should keep being the ZTE default value.
It has not been tested at the work field yet.
It should keep being the ZTE default value.
It has not been tested at the work field yet.
It should keep being the ZTE default value.
It has not been tested at the work field yet.
It should keep being the ZTE default value.
It has not been tested at the work field yet.
It should keep being the ZTE default value.
It has not been tested at the work field yet.
It should keep being the ZTE default value.
It has not been tested at the work field yet.
It should keep being the ZTE default value.

Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter


CN Side
Indicators
Remarks
Codec
mode
adjustment
EGPRS
Phone Init
Coding
EGPRSInit
AttSelt
This is a four-dimensional array, indicating
GPRS uplink
INIT coding scheme, GPRS downlink INIT
coding
scheme, GPRS uplink MAX coding scheme,
GPRS
downlink MAX coding scheme, and the
default coding
scheme for EGPRS phones.
0-8 (MCS1-MCS9)
Codec
mode
adjustment
GPRS init
attach
select
GPRSInitAt
tSelt
This parameter indicates the default-coding
mode for
GPRS MS initial access, under different Abis
interface
link bandwidths. This is a four-dimensional
0-3 (CS1-CS4)
Codec
mode
adjustment
GPRS
phones init
code can
be
changed
InitAttachE
xch_0
This parameter indicates if GPRS phones
default code
can be changed dynamically.
Yes/No
Codec
mode
adjustment
EGPRS
phones init
code can
be
changed
InitAttachE
xch_1
It indicates if the coding method of
GPRS/EGPRS MS
in cell could be changed dynamically.
Yes/No
Codec
mode
adjustment
Uplink
measure
report
period
Ulmeasure
period
This parameter is used by UPPB, describing
uplink
measurement report period reported by BTS
and
handled by BSC.
400 - 2000, ms
Codec
mode
adjustment
Average
filter
period for
uplink BEP
BEPperiod
Up
This parameter is internal parameter of PCU.
The
meaning of this parameter is the same as
BEPPeriod-
Down, but it is to calculate the uplink
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
11, 12, 13, 14, 15
Codec
mode
adjustment
Average
filter
period for
downlink
BEP
BEPperiod
Down
Network broadcasts this parameter to MS in
GRPS CELL OPTIONS of SI13, PSI1 and
PSI13.
In EGPRS system, EGPRS MS will
determine to
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10
Codec
mode
adjustment
EGPRS
phone
quality
measure
mode
LinkQuame
aMode
This parameter is sent to MS in Downlink
Assignment
message. It indicates the measurement
report mode
of EGPRS MS in the cell. EGPRS
0: MEAN_BEP_TNx (0-7)
and I_LEVEL_TN (0-7) will
not reported (which means
TBFMEAN_BEP and
CV_BEP of TBF will be
Resource
Allocation
related
Support
extended
uplink
dynamic
allocation
ExUpDynS
upport
This parameter indicates if cell supports
extended uplink
dynamic allocation. While using this function,
the
MS only need listen USF allocation with the
Yes/No
DTM
related
Support
DTM
DTMSuppo
rt
Network broadcasts this parameter to MS in
GRPS
CELL OPTIONS of SI13, PSI1 and PSI13. It
indicates
if the cell supports Dual Transfer Mode
Yes/No
DTM
related
Max
number of
GTTP
Lapdm
frame
GttpLapdm
Num
This parameter indicates the maximum of
GTTP
Lapdm frames.
0 - 7
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
Is the cell
support
extendable
uplink TBF
EXT_UTBF
This parameter indicates if the cell supports
extended uplink TBF. After BSS receives
CV=0
uplink block, if the cell supports extended
uplink
Yes/No
Definition Value Range & Unit Category
Parameter
Name
Parameter
Code
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
Downlink
delay time
DLDelaytim
e
It indicates downlink TBF delay time. When
downlink
TBF is released, this timer starts, access to
delay
state, to wait for new downlink LLC frame.
500 - 4000, ms
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
Extend
uplink TBF
time
ExtULTBF
Time
It indicates extended uplink TBF delay time.
When
uplink TBF is released, if extended uplink
TBF function
is supported, this timer starts, access to
0 - 3000, ms
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
T3192 T3192
Parameter used at the MS side.
During the packet downlink transmission, if
RLC
data block is the final downlink data block to
be
500, 1000, 1500, 0, 80, 120,
160, 200, ms
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
DRX mode
holding
time
DrxTimeMa
x
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to
the
GPRS cell option parameters, and it is
broadcast
to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13 and SI13
0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, s
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
N3102
decrease
step
PanDec
Parameter used at the MS side. They belong
to
the GPRS cell option parameters, and they
are
broadcast to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13 and
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
N3102
increase
step
PanInc
Parameter used at the MS side. They belong
to
the GPRS cell option parameters, and they
are
broadcast to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13 and
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
N3102 Max PanMax
Parameter used at the MS side. They belong
to
the GPRS cell option parameters, and they
are
broadcast to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13 and
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
Uplink
delay time
ULDelayTi
me
It indicates uplink delay time, to describe
uplink TBF
delay time. When uplink TBF is released, if
extended
uplink TBF function is not supported, this
0 - 4000, ms
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
T3168 T3168
GPRS cell option parameters, and it is
broadcast to
the MS in the PSI1, PSI13 and SI13
messages.
T3168 indicates the maximum time to wait for
0.5 - 4.0, 0.5s
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
Support
EGPRS
packet
channel
request
EgprsPack
etChreq
Network broadcasts this parameter to MS in
GRPS
CELL OPTIONS of SI13, PSI1 and PSI13. It
indicates
if the cell supports
Yes/No
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
Max
Blocks
Transmissi
on in Each
TS
BsCvMax
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to
the
GPRS cell option parameters, and it is
broadcast
to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13 and SI13
0 - 15, block num
Resource
Allocation
related
Initial
Downlink
Allocation
by
Multislot
info1_1_0
It indicates if initial downlink allocation is
based on
multislot capability 1 (that is, uplink 1
downlink 1) or the
actual multislot capability brought by the MS.
0: (No) which means multi-
slot will be assigned
1: (Yes), Mulit-slot will not
assigned which means 1+1
will be used.
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
T3142 T3142
Parameter used at the MS side.
This timer starts if the MS receives immediate
assignment refusal or DTM refusal during
packet
access. This timer does not function if the
0-255, s
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
T3172 T3172
Parameter used at the MS side.
This timer starts if the MS receives PACKET
ACCESS
REJECT message during packet access.
The MS
0-255, s
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
Single
Block
Assign
Offset
SBAssOffs
et
Uplink two-phase access. The MS initiates
channel
request, and network allocates single
resource block
to the MS. This parameter indicates the
6-12, block
TBF
establishm
ent and
release
Polling
Retry Time
PollingRetr
yTime
Send polling request to MS from network
side. If no
any response is received from the MS. The
system can
send the max number of polling. The MS
2010-3-12
Data
transmissio
n related
Interval
number of
GPRS
TBF
downlinks
GPRSDlR
RBPINTER
VAL
Interval that downlink Gprs TBF requires MS
to send
Packet Downlink Ack/Nack.
2010-3-20
Data
transmissio
n related
Interval
number of
EGPRS
TBF
downlinks
EGPRSDl
RrbpInterV
al
Interval that downlink EGPRS TBF requires
MS to
send EGPRS Packet Downlink Ack/Nack.
6 - 60
Data
transmissio
n related
Interval
number of
GPRS
TBF
uplinks
GPRSUlAc
kInterVal
Interval that uplink Gprs TBF network sends
Packet
Downlink Ack/Nack to MS.
2010-3-20
Data
transmissio
n related
Interval
number of
EGPRS
TBF
uplinks
EGPRSUlA
ckInterVal
Interval that uplink Egprs TBF network sends
Packet
Downlink Ack/Nack to MS.
2010-3-20
Data
transmissio
n related
Support
uplink
"LA+IR"
quality
control
IrSupportU
p
It indicates if the cell supports "uplink IR
quality control".
If it does, the network could set the
RESEGMENT
in PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK, PACKET
Yes/No
Data
transmissio
n related
Take
"Preemptiv
etrans bit"
function
PREEMPTI
VETRANS
It indicates if the cell employs
"Preemptivetrans bit".
If the cell supports that function, network
indicates
MS if to send the RLC data of PENDING-
Yes/No
Resource
Allocation
related
Support
PS Prmp
CS
PSPrmpCS
Support
This parameter indicates when dynamic
channel with
preferred PDCH is occupied, to determine if
the channel
can be preempted by PS service.
Yes/No
Resource
Allocation
related
Support of
subscriber
occupying
other
preference
HybridOcc
uSupp
This parameter describes if support
subscriber occupying
other preference channel. It indicates this
kind of preference channel is busy, other
channels
Yes/No
Resource
Allocation
related
Support of
PS
subscriber
moving out
of other
AllowPsMo
ve
This parameter describes if support
subscriber moving
out of other preference channel. It indicates
if the
user that occupies other channels shall be
Yes/No
Resource
Allocation
related
Congeneric
service
threshold
for PS-
moving
SfPreferBu
syThs
During this application, on the gained
preferential
channel on this side, it is better that existing
QoS
quota / total available QoS quota is lower
0-100, % ()
Resource
Allocation
related
Un-
congeneric
service
threshold
for PS-
OpPreferB
usyThs
During this application, on the gained
preferential
channel on opposite side, it is better that
existing
QoS quota / total available QoS quota is
0-100, % ()
Resource
Allocation
related
Minimal
number of
idle CS
channel
CsChansT
hs
DBS uses this parameter on BSC MP. It
indicates
minimum threshold of the number of IDLE
channels
under the CS status, when the network
0 - 255 ()
Resource
Allocation
related
C/I Sc
transmission quality, and adjusts block
allocation
according to radio transmission quality.
Divide
MEAN_BEP into 7 grades, and each grade
0 - 8
Resource
Allocation
related
ARP Sa
It adjusts allocation weight for shared radio
block
by ARP parameters (priority level).
Allocation weight that corresponds to
ARP is as follows:
0 - 8
Resource
Allocation
related
THP St
THP parameters included in interactive
service.
Allocation weight that corresponds to
THP is as follows:
THP Allocation weight
0 - 8
Resource
Allocation
related
Support
PS
Queuing
PsQueueIn
d
If PFC is supported, iBSC allocates radio
resource
according to signature QoS parameters from
user
side. When QoS guarantee rate for user
Yes/No
Resource
Allocation
related
PS
maximum
Queue
number
PsMaxQue
ueInstNum
This parameter indicates the number of
allowed
queues in the cell. When the user number in
queue
reaches this value, the service that shall be
2010-1-16
Resource
Allocation
related
Support
PS
Preemption
PsPreempti
onInd
When PFC is supported, iBSC allocates
radio resource
according to signature QoS parameters from
user
side. When signed QoS guarantee rate can't
Yes/No
Resource
Allocation
related
Support of
CS
subscriber
moving
Access
AllowCsMo
ve
This parameter describes if support
switching some
CS subscriber cell to other timeslot, to leave
blank
for original timeslot for getting larger PS
Yes/No
Resource
Allocation
related
Selective
granularity
USFGranul
arity
It is assigned to the MS in PACKET UPLINK
ASSIGNMENT
message, indicating the uplink block
allocation
granularity of the GPRS MS from the
0 - 1
(0: uplink block allocation
granularity is 1; 1: uplink
block allocation granularity is
4)
PS Cell
reselection
related
PSI status
supported
PsiStatInd
This parameter is used at the MS side and on
the BRP. It is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1
message, indicating if the network supports
the
"PACKET PSI STATUS" message.
Yes/No
PS Cell
reselection
related
Is Support
CCN mode
CCNActive
This parameter indicates if the cell supports
CCN
mode. CNN mode refers to cell alternating
notification.
When BSS supports CCN mode, if MS does
Yes/No
PS Cell
reselection
related
Is cell
support
system
message
status flow
SIStatusInd
This parameter indicates if the cell supports
system
message status flow, broadcasted to MS in
SI13 and
PSI13. It describes if the network supports
Yes/No
PS Cell
reselection
related
Packet
Idle mode
NcRepPerI
Parameter used at the MS side. System
broadcasts
the parameter information to MS through
SI2Quater
and PSI5 messages. This parameter
0.48, 0.96, 1.92, 3.84, 7.68,
15.36, 30.72, 61.44, s
PS Cell
reselection
related
The Size
of Test
Report's
Slip
Window
Wnd
When NC2 network controls the cell
reselection, this
parameter is used. When the number of
measurement
reports reaches this parameter setting value,
2010-1-8
PS Cell
reselection
related
Allowed
report
number of
the same
cell in Slip
AllowedRe
pNum
When NC2 network controls the cell
reselection, this
parameter is used. When adjacent cell
receives average
level, and the number of valid measurement
2010-1-8
PS Cell
reselection
related
Packet idle
mode
NCREPPE
RI
the parameter information to MS through
SI2Quater
and PSI5 messages. This parameter
indicates the
period of MS reporting cell reselection survey
0.48, 0.96, 1.92, 3.84, 7.68,
15.36, 30.72, 61.44, s
PS Cell
reselection
related
Packet
transmissio
n mode
NCRERPE
RT
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to
NC
measurement parameter, which is
broadcasted
to MS in system message SI2Quater and
0.48, 0.96, 1.92, 3.84, 7.68,
15.36, 30.72, 61.44, s
PS Cell
reselection
related
Extended
measurem
ent report
order
MeaOrder
Parameter used at the MS side. It is
broadcast
to the MS in the PSI1 message, indicating the
survey report command of MS in the cell.
This parameter indicates if PSI5 is sent.
Yes/No
PS Cell
reselection
related
Network
control
order
CtrlOrder
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to
the network control survey parameters, and it
is
broadcast to the MS in the PSI5, PSI13, SI3,
and
NC0, NC1, NC2
PS Cell
reselection
related
NC hold
time in
non-drx
mode
NcNoDrxP
er
Parameter used at the MS side. This
parameter
belongs to network control survey and is
used at MS
side. System broadcasts the parameter
No non-DRX mode, 0.24,
0.48, 0.72, 0.96, 1.20, 1.44,
1.92, s
PS Cell
reselection
related
Extended
measurem
ent report
order
ExMeaOrd
er
Parameter used at the MS side. System
broadcasts
to MS through PSI5 message. This
parameter
indicates if the MS performs extended survey.
EM0, EM1
PS Cell
reselection
related
Type of
extended
measurem
ent report
ExtRepTyp
e
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to
the
extended survey parameters, and it is
broadcast to
the MS in the PSI5 message, indicating the
Type1, Type2, Type3
PS Cell
reselection
related
Report
period of
extended
measurem
ent
ExtRepPer
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to
the extended
survey parameters and it is broadcast to the
MS in the PSI5 message, indicating the
interval of
60, 120, 240, 480, 960,
1920, 3840, 7680, s
Others
GPRS
service
supported
PSSUPPO
RT
It indicates if this cell supports GPRS
(EDGE) service.
If selecting "GPRS supported", "EDGE
supported" or
"EGPRS2-A supported", relevant sub-page
Don't support GPRS,
Support GPRS, Support
EDGE
Others
SI13
Sending
Position
SI3LOCAT
E
Parameter used at the MS side. SI13
sending position
indicates the scheduling position of SI13 on
BCCH.
SI13 is related to the GPRS services. SI13
BCCH Norm, BCCH Ext
Others
CCCH
SplitPgCycl
e support
SpgcSupor
t
A parameter used at the MS side and the
FUN side.
System broadcasts to MS through PSI3 and
SI13
messages. CCCH SplitPgCycle support
Yes/No
Others
Packet
control
acknowled
gment type
CtraCKTyp
e
This parameter is used on RLC/MAC layer of
BRP and
at MS side. System broadcasts to MS
through PSI1,
PSI13, and SI13 messages. Packet control
4 access bursts, RLC/MAC
control block
Others
Packet
access
priority
threshold
PriAcThr
Parameter used at the MS side. It is
broadcast to the
MS in the PSI13 and SI13 messages,
indicating the
priority level of MS packet access allowed by
No package access, Allow
priority 1, Allow priority 1-2,
Allow priority 1-3, Allow
priority 1-4, Allow priority
PS power
control
Filter
period in
the packet
idle mode
T_AVG_W
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to
the
global power control and GPRS power
control parameters,
and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1,
0 - 31
(0: The filter period is 2
(0/2) /6 multiframes; 1: The
filter period is 2 (1/2) /6
multiframes; ...... 25: The
PS power
control
Filter
period in
packet
transmissio
n mode
T_AVG_T
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to
the
global power control and GPRS power
control parameters,
and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1,
0 - 31
(0: The filter period is 2
(0/2) /6 multiframes; 1: The
filter period is 2 (1/2) /6
multiframes; ...... 25: The
PS power
control
PSI4
sending
mark
Psi4Send
This parameter belongs to global power
control and
is used at MS side. It belongs to the global
power
control parameters, and it is broadcast to the
Yes/No
PS power
control
Power
control
measurem
ent channel
PcMeasCh
an
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to
the
global power control and GPRS power
control parameters,
and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1,
BCCH, PDCH
PS power
control
Power
control
parameter
Alpha
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to
the
global power control and GPRS power
control parameters,
and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1,
0 - 10
(Assuming the parameter of
MS transmission power
control is (), 0: = 0.0; 1:
= 0.1; ...... 10: = 1.0; 11-
PS power
control
Filter
constant
of power
control
N_AVG_I
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to
the
global power control and GPRS power
control parameters,
and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1,
0 - 15
PS power
control
Receive
Power
Strength
from MS
Needed
SS_BTS
This parameter is used for the uplink open
loop
power control. MS uses GCH parameter for
calculating uplink transmission power, based
on the following formula:
0 - 63
(0: -110 dBm; 1: -109
dBm; ......63: -47 dBm)
PS power
control
Uplink
power
control
strategy
ULPWCTR
L
This parameter determines GPRS uplink
power control
strategy, including the following four modes:
uncontrolled, open-loop control, close-loop
control,
No control, Open-loop
control, Close-loop control,
Control based on quality
PS power
control
Downlink
Power
Control
strategy
DLPWCTR
L
This parameter determines GPRS downlink
power
control strategy, including the following four
modes:
uncontrolled, open-loop control, close-loop
No control, Open-loop
control, Close-loop control,
Control based on quality
PS power
control
Downlink
Power
Control
Mode
PwCtrlMod
e
This parameter determines the BTS downlink
power
control mode. BTS has two power control
modes: A
and B. Mode A may be used for any
A, B
PS power
control
Power
Control
Level
PwCtrlLev
This parameter determines GPRS power
control precision,
which describes nominal output power and
power control precision (dB) sent by MS
under each
0 - 31, dB
PS power
control
Power
descending
of PDCH
to BCCH
in A mode
P0
This parameter is an optional downlink
power control
parameter contained in assignment
message. If
P0 exists, power control is used. Otherwise,
0 - 15
(0: P0=0 dB; 1: P0=2 dB
...... 15: P0=30 dB)
PBCCH
related
attached
reselection
parameter
indication
AddResPI2
The cell selection and reselection of MS
depends
on the C1 and C2 parameters, according to
the
definition in the GSM specification. Network
Yes/No
PBCCH
related
Packet
System
Information
Send
Speed
SendSpee
d
This parameter is used for global process on
BRP.
Packet System Information Send Speed
indicates
if various types of PSI messages are sent at
Yes/No, 9 types (PSI2,
PSI3, PSI3BIS, PSI4, PSI5,
PSI13, PSI3ter, PSI8,
PSI3quater)
PBCCH
related
Link error
counter
RLTimeout
This parameter is used by BTS. BSC informs
this parameter
to BTS through O&M message, explaining
measurement counter while BTS can't
correctly decode
0 - 100
PBCCH
related
PRACH
OverLoad
Report
Period
OvLoadPer
Parameters used by FUC at BTS side. The
interval of
PRACH overload period reported by BTS
and informed
by BSC.
0 - 255, s
PBCCH
related
PRACH
Receiving
signal
level
threshold
PrachBusy
T
BTS uses this parameter. PRACH channel
overload is one of the reasons for overload
control. The busy ratio of random access
burst
decides the PRACH overload.
0 - 63
(0: < -110 dBm; 1: -110
dBm - -109 dBm; 2: -109
dBm - -108 dBm; ...... 62: -
49 dBm - -48 dBm; 63: > -
PBCCH
related
Average
measuring
bursts
number on
PRACH
MeaAvgSlo
t
BTS uses this parameter. It indicates the
bursts number
on PRACH. PRACH channel overloads if
receiving
signal levels of AvgSlots BPs are lower than
0 - 100
PBCCH
related
Buffer
threshold
of paging
message
PccchIndT
h_0
Paging message buffer is overloaded
threshold for
packet paging channel PPCH. The judgment
scheme
is as follows: i. Calculate the paging
0 - 100, %
PBCCH
related
Queue
length
threshold
in 64
multiframe
PccchIndT
h_1
FUC on BTS uses this parameter
information. It
indicates overload threshold in PCCCH
(PRACH,
PPCH) threshold. This parameter is an array
0 - 100, %
PBCCH
related
PRACH
overload
threshold
ratio
PccchIndT
h_2
Total block quantity on this PRACH divided
by busy
blocks on a PRACH, multiplied by 100, then
compared
with this threshold, if it exceeds this
0 - 100, %
PBCCH
related
Extended
paging
supported
EpageMod
e
This parameter indicates if to support
extended paging.
Extended paging means that MS still can
receive
and analyze the message within 3 intervals
Yes/No
PBCCH
related
Calculating
period of
load on
PPCH
LoadPer
This parameter is used by FUC at BTS side,
describing
period to calculate PPCH channel load.
0 - 16, s
PBCCH
related
PSI1 send
period
PSI1REPP
ER
This parameter is used by FUC at BTS side,
describing
period to calculate PPCH channel load.
0 - 15, s
(0: PSI1 repeat period is 1
multiframe; 1: PSI1 repeat
period is 2 multiframes; ......
15: PSI1 repeat period is 16
PBCCH
related
Access
burst type
AccessTyp
e
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to
the
GPRS cell option parameters, and it is
broadcast
to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13 and SI13
8 bits, 11 bits
PBCCH
related
Reselectio
n offset 0
ReselOff_0
Parameter used at the MS side. It is
broadcasted
to MS via system message by BTS. In the
GPRS
system, C32 is used as the standard for cell
0 - 31
(0: -52 dB; 1: -48 dB; ......
22: +12 dB; ...... 31: +48
dB), 2dB
PBCCH
related
Reselectio
n Offset 1
ReselOff_1
Parameter used at the MS side. Inform MS
on
PACCH. In the GPRS system, C32 is used
as
the standard for cell reselection. Similar to the
0 - 31
(0: -52 dB; 1: -48 dB; ......
22: +12 dB; ...... 31: +48
dB), 2dB
PBCCH
related
Reselectio
n
temporary
offset 1
TempOffse
t_0
Parameter used at the MS side. It is
broadcasted
to MS via system message by BTS. In the
GPRS
system, C32 is used as the standard for cell
0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60,
unlimited, dB
PBCCH
related
Reselectio
n
temporary
offset 2
TempOffse
t_1
Parameter used at the MS side. Inform MS
on PACCH. In the GPRS system, C32 is
used
as the standard for cell reselection. Similar to
the C2 standard in GSM, there is a temporary
0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60,
unlimited, dB
PBCCH
related
Penalty
time of cell
reselection
1
PenalTime
_0
Parameter used at the MS side. It is
broadcasted
to MS via system message by BTS. In the
GPRS
system, C32 is used as the standard for cell
0 - 31
(0: 10 s; 1: 20 s; ...... 1:
320 s)
, 10s
PBCCH
related
Penalty
time of cell
reselection
2
PenalTime
_1
Parameter used at the MS side. Inform MS
on
PACCH. In the GPRS system, C32 is used
as the
standard for cell reselection. There is a
0 - 31
(0: 10 s; 1: 20 s; ...... 1:
320 s)
, 10s
PBCCH
related
Interval of
reselecting
the same
cell 1
T_RESEL_
0
Parameter used at the MS side. It is
broadcasted to
MS via system message by BTS. When MS
performs
a cell reselection that causes abnormal
5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 60, 120,
300, s
PBCCH
related
Interval of
reselecting
the same
cell 2
T_RESEL_
1
Parameter used at the MS side. Inform MS
on
PACCH. When MS performs a cell
reselection that
causes abnormal release of this cell, it is not
5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 60, 120,
300, s
PBCCH
related
Threshold
of HSC
signal
level 1
HCS_THR
_0
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to
HCS parameter, which is broadcasted to MS
via
system message by BTS. It indicates the
HCS
0 - 63
(0: < -110 dBm; 1: -110
dBm - -109 dBm; 2: -109
dBm - -108 dBm; ...... 62: -
49 dBm - -48 dBm; 63: > -
PBCCH
related
Threshold
of HSC
signal
level 2
HCS_THR
_1
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs
to HCS parameter, which is informed to
MS on PACCH. It indicates the HCS signal
strength threshold of the cell.
This parameter indicates the parameter used
0 - 63
(0: < -110 dBm; 1: -110
dBm - -109 dBm; 2: -109
dBm - -108 dBm; ...... 62: -
49 dBm - -48 dBm; 63: > -
PBCCH
related
HCS
Priority 1
PrioClass_
0
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs
to HCS parameter, which is broadcasted to
MS via system message by BTS. It specifies
the HCS priority of the cell.
This parameter indicates the parameters
0 - 7
PBCCH
related
HCS
Priority 2
PrioClass_
1
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to
HCS
parameter, which is informed to MS on
PACCH.
It specifies the HCS priority of the cell.
0 - 7
PBCCH
related
C31
hysteresis
1
C31_HYST
_0
Parameter used at the MS side. It is
broadcasted to
MS through system message by BTS, which
indicates
if CellReselHys parameter functions on C31
Yes/No
PBCCH
related
C31
hysteresis
2
C31_HYST
_1
Parameter used at the MS side. It is
informed to
MS on PACCH and specifies if to use the
parameter
"CellReselHys" on the C31 standard.
Yes/No
PBCCH
related
GPRS cell
reselection
hysteresis
1
ReselHys_
0
Parameter used at the MS side. It is
broadcasted
to MS via system message by BTS.
MS needs to go through location updating
process
0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, dB
PBCCH
related
GPRS cell
reselection
hysteresis
2
ReselHys_
1
Parameter used at the MS side. Inform MS
on PACCH.
MS needs to go through location updating
process
after cell reselection in the case of GPRS cell
0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, dB
PBCCH
related
Routing
reselection
hysteresis
1
RaReselHy
s_0
Parameter used at the MS side. It is
broadcasted
to MS through system message by BTS. This
parameter specifies extra hysteresis value
used in
0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, dB
PBCCH
related
Routing
reselection
hysteresis
2
RaReselHy
s_1
Parameter used at the MS side. It is
informed to MS
on PACCH. This parameter specifies extra
hysteresis
value used in selecting a cell in another
0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, dB
PBCCH
related
Random
access
attempt
permitted 1
RadAcRetr
y_0
Parameter used at the MS side. It is
broadcasted
to MS through system message by BTS,
which indicates if MS is allowed to attempt to
access another cell (if any).
Yes/No
PBCCH
related
Random
access
attempt
permitted 2
RadAcRetr
y_1
Parameter used at the MS side. It is
informed to
MS on PACCH, which indicates if MS is
allowed to
attempt to access another cell (if it exists).
Yes/No
PBCCH
related
Usage of
cell
reselection
offset 1
C32_QUAL
_0
Parameter used at the MS side. It is
broadcasted to
MS through system message by BTS, which
indicates
if to use the exceptional rule when adopting
Yes/No
PBCCH
related
Usage of
cell
reselection
offset 2
C32_QUAL
_1
Parameter used at the MS side. It is informed
to the MS on PACCH, and it specifies if to
use
the exceptional rule for "ReselOff".
This parameter indicates the parameter used
Yes/No
PBCCH
related
GPRS
access
minimum
signal
level 1
RxLevAsMi
n_0
Parameter used at the MS side. It is
broadcasted
to MS via system message by BTS.
It indicates the minimum receiving level for
the
0 - 63
(0: < -110 dBm; 1: -110
dBm - -109 dBm; 2: -109
dBm - -108 dBm; ...... 62: -
49 dBm - -48 dBm; 63: > -
PBCCH
related
GPRS
access
minimum
signal
level 2
RxLevAsMi
n_1
Parameter used at the MS side. Inform MS
on PACCH.
It indicates the minimum receiving level for
the
MS to access the GPRS system. To prevent
0 - 63
(0: < -110 dBm; 1: -110
dBm - -109 dBm; 2: -109
dBm - -108 dBm; ...... 62: -
49 dBm - -48 dBm; 63: > -
PBCCH
related
Priority
threshold
PRIO_THR
System broadcasts the parameter
information to MS
through SI4, SI6 and SI7 messages. This
parameter
relates to GPRS access minimal signal level
0, 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36,
unlimited, dB
PBCCH
related
HCS exist
1
HCS_EXIS
T_0
Parameter used at the MS side. This
parameter
belongs to Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS)
and
broadcasted to MS via system message by
Yes/No
PBCCH
related
HCS exist
2
HCS_EXIS
T_1
Parameter used at the MS side. This
parameter
belongs to Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS)
and be
informed to MS on PACCH. This parameter
Yes/No
PBCCH
related
GPRS
MAX initial
access
signal
level 1
MsTxMaxC
ch_0
Parameter used at the MS side. It is
broadcasted
to MS via system message by BTS.
The transmission power of MS is controlled
by
0 - 31
PBCCH
related
GPRS
MAX initial
access
signal
level 2
MsTxMaxC
ch_1
Parameter used at the MS side. Inform MS
on PACCH.
The transmission power of MS is controlled
by
the network during its communications with
0 - 31
PBCCH
related
LSA Mark LSA_Id
System broadcasts the parameter to MS in
SI4, SI6,
SI7, and PSI3 messages of serving cell. In
addition,
system broadcasts the parameter
0 - 16777215
PBCCH
related
LSA Offset LSA_Offset
System broadcasts the parameter
information to MS
through SI4, SI6 and SI7 messages. This
parameter
defines the offset value for LSA reselection
0, 4, 8, 16, 24, 32, 48, 64
PBCCH
related
PAGCH
reserved
blocks
PagBlkRes
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to
the PCCCH organization parameters, and it is
broadcast to the MS in the PSI1 message.
This parameter indicates the number of
blocks
0 - 10
PBCCH
related
PBCCH
reserved
blocks
PbcchBlks
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to
the
PCCCH structure parameters, and it is
broadcast
to the MS in the PSI1 message. This
0, 1, 2, 3
PBCCH
related
PRACH
reserved
blocks
PrachBlks
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs
to the PCCCH organization parameters, and
it
is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1 message.
This parameter indicates the number of fixed
0 - 15
PBCCH
related
Interval
range of
packet
access
attempt
TxInt
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to
the
PRACH control parameters, and it is
broadcast to
the MS in the PSI1 message. In
2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12,
14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50
PBCCH
related
Interval
period of
packet
access
attempt
S
Parameter used at the MS side.
It belongs to the PRACH control parameters,
and
it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1
message.
12, 15, 20, 30, 41, 55, 76,
109, 163, 217, s
PBCCH
related
MAX
Times of
Attempt
MaxRetran
s
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to
the
PRACH control parameters, and it is
broadcast
to the MS in the PSI1 message. indicating the
1, 2, 4, 7
PBCCH
related
Access
Persist
Level
PersistLev
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to
the
PRACH control parameters, and it is
broadcast
to the MS in the PSI1 message. The network
4bits; 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,
9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16
Not valid
Allow
SOLSA
MS to
access
EXC_ACC
System broadcasts this parameter to MS in
SI4, SI6,
and SI7 messages. In addition, the
parameter information
is available in PSI3 and Psi3bis messages of
Yes/No
Not valid
8PSK
modulating
power
attenuation
level
Tn7LowerL
evel
It indicates 8PSK modulating power attenuation level. 0-50, 0.2dB
900M 1800M Co-BCCH 900M 1800M 900M 1800M
5, 5, 8, 8 2, 2, 8, 8 2, 2, 8, 8 2, 2, 8, 8 2, 2, 8, 8 2, 2, 8, 8 2, 2, 8, 8 2, 2, 8, 8 2, 2, 8, 8
1, 1, 3, 3 1, 1, 3, 3 1, 1, 3, 3 1, 1, 3, 3 1, 1, 3, 3 1, 1, 3, 3 1, 1, 3, 3 1, 1, 3, 3 1, 1, 3, 3
Yes 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Yes 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
4 10 10 10 10 10 10 4 4
4 10 10 10 10 10 10 4 4
2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
No 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
No
Need to enable
DTM: choose
Yes;
No need to
enable DTM:
Need to
enable
DTM:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
DTM:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
DTM:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
DTM:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
DTM:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
DTM:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
DTM:
choose
Yes;
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Default
Value in
OMCR
Recommended
Value for Network
Optimization
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
Dense Urban/Urban Rural
Express Way/High-
speed Railway
2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
No
Need to enable
EDGE service:
choose Yes;
Only enable
GPRS service:
Need to
enable
EDGE
service:
choose
Need to
enable
EDGE
service:
choose
Need to
enable
EDGE
service:
choose
Need to
enable
EDGE
service:
choose
Need to
enable
EDGE
service:
choose
Need to
enable
EDGE
service:
choose
Need to
enable
EDGE
service:
choose
15 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
10 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
10 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
No No No No No No No No No
No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
No
Need to support
PS preempting
CS: choose
Yes;
Need not to
Need to
support
PS
preempting
CS:
Need to
support
PS
preempting
CS:
Need to
support
PS
preempting
CS:
Need to
support
PS
preempting
CS:
Need to
support
PS
preempting
CS:
Need to
support
PS
preempting
CS:
Need to
support
PS
preempting
CS:
Yes No No No No No No No No
No No No No No No No No No
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
No No No No No No No No No
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
No
Need to support
PS preemption:
choose Yes;
Need not to
support PS
Need to
support
PS
preemption
: choose
Need to
support
PS
preemption
: choose
Need to
support
PS
preemption
: choose
Need to
support
PS
preemption
: choose
Need to
support
PS
preemption
: choose
Need to
support
PS
preemption
: choose
Need to
support
PS
preemption
: choose
No No No No No No No No No
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
No No No No No No No No No
No
Need to enable
NACC: choose
Yes;
Need not to
enable NACC:
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose
Yes;
No
Need to enable
NACC: choose
Yes;
Need not to
enable NACC:
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose
Yes;
61.44 61.44 61.44 61.44 61.44 61.44 61.44 61.44 61.44
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
61.44 61.44 61.44 61.44 61.44 61.44 61.44 61.44 61.44
3.84 3.84 3.84 3.84 3.84 3.84 3.84 3.84 3.84
No No No No No No No No No
NC0 NC0 NC0 NC0 NC0 NC0 NC0 NC0 NC0
0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48
EM0 EM0 EM0 EM0 EM0 EM0 EM0 EM0 EM0
Type1 Type1 Type1 Type1 Type1 Type1 Type1 Type1 Type1
1920 1920 1920 1920 1920 1920 1920 1920 1920
Dont
support
GPRS
Need not to
support PS:
choose "Don't
support GPRS";
Only support
Need not
to support
PS:
choose
"Don't
Need not
to support
PS:
choose
"Don't
Need not
to support
PS:
choose
"Don't
Need not
to support
PS:
choose
"Don't
Need not
to support
PS:
choose
"Don't
Need not
to support
PS:
choose
"Don't
Need not
to support
PS:
choose
"Don't
BCCH
Norm
BCCH Norm
BCCH
Norm
BCCH
Norm
BCCH
Norm
BCCH
Norm
BCCH
Norm
BCCH
Norm
BCCH
Norm
No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
RLC/MAC
control
block
RLC/MAC
control block
RLC/MAC
control
block
RLC/MAC
control
block
RLC/MAC
control
block
RLC/MAC
control
block
RLC/MAC
control
block
RLC/MAC
control
block
RLC/MAC
control
block
Allow
priority
Allow priority
Allow
priority
Allow
priority
Allow
priority
Allow
priority
Allow
priority
Allow
priority
Allow
priority
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
No No No No No No No No No
BCCH BCCH BCCH BCCH BCCH BCCH BCCH BCCH BCCH
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
No control No control No control No control No control No control No control No control No control
No control No control No control No control No control No control No control No control No control
A A A A A A A A A
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
No No No No No No No No No
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes
Yes, Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes, Yes
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63
60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
No No No No No No No No No
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
8 bits 8 bits 8 bits 8 bits 8 bits 8 bits 8 bits 8 bits 8 bits
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
No No No No No No No No No
No No No No No No No No No
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
No No No No No No No No No
No No No No No No No No No
No No No No No No No No No
No No No No No No No No No
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
No No No No No No No No No
No No No No No No No No No
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55
4, 4, 4, 4 4, 4, 4, 4 4, 4, 4, 4 4, 4, 4, 4 4, 4, 4, 4 4, 4, 4, 4 4, 4, 4, 4 4, 4, 4, 4 4, 4, 4, 4
0, 0, 0, 0 0, 0, 0, 0 0, 0, 0, 0 0, 0, 0, 0 0, 0, 0, 0 0, 0, 0, 0 0, 0, 0, 0 0, 0, 0, 0 0, 0, 0, 0
No No No No No No No No No
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
900M 1800M 900M 1800M
Non-V2
80W sites:
2, 2, 8, 8;
V2 80W
sites: 5, 5,
8, 8
Non-V2
80Wsites:
2, 2, 8, 8;
V2 80W
sites: 5, 5,
8, 8
5, 5, 8, 8 5, 5, 8, 8
Non-V2
80W sites:
1, 1, 3, 3;
V2 80W
sites: 1, 1,
Non-V2
80W sites:
: 1, 1, 3,
3;
V2 80W
1, 1, 3, 3 1, 1, 3, 3
1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
800 800 800 800
10 10 10 10
10 10 10 10
0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
Need to
enable
DTM:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
DTM:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
DTM:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
DTM:
choose
Yes;
3 3 3 3
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Indoor Coverage/Tunnel
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
Wide Coverage
2000 2000 2000 2000
1500 1500 1500 1500
1500 1500 1500 1500
2 2 2 2
4 4 4 4
8 8 8 8
32 32 32 32
1000 1000 1000 1000
3 3 3 3
Need to
enable
EDGE
service:
choose
Need to
enable
EDGE
service:
choose
Need to
enable
EDGE
service:
choose
Need to
enable
EDGE
service:
choose
12 12 12 12
1 1 1 1
5 5 5 5
5 5 5 5
10 10 10 10
7 7 7 7
8 8 8 8
10 10 10 10
8 8 8 8
8 8 8 8
No No No No
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Need to
support
PS
preempting
CS:
Need to
support
PS
preempting
CS:
Need to
support
PS
preempting
CS:
Need to
support
PS
preempting
CS:
No No No No
No No No No
100 100 100 100
0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2
0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
No No No No
8 8 8 8
Need to
support
PS
preemption
: choose
Need to
support
PS
preemption
: choose
Need to
support
PS
preemption
: choose
Need to
support
PS
preemption
: choose
No No No No
0 0 0 0
No No No No
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose
Yes;
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose
Yes;
61.44 61.44 61.44 61.44
4 4 4 4
3 3 3 3
61.44 61.44 61.44 61.44
3.84 3.84 3.84 3.84
No No No No
NC0 NC0 NC0 NC0
0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48
EM0 EM0 EM0 EM0
Type1 Type1 Type1 Type1
1920 1920 1920 1920
Need not
to support
PS:
choose
"Don't
Need not
to support
PS:
choose
"Don't
Need not
to support
PS:
choose
"Don't
Need not
to support
PS:
choose
"Don't
BCCH
Norm
BCCH
Norm
BCCH
Norm
BCCH
Norm
Yes Yes Yes Yes
RLC/MAC
control
block
RLC/MAC
control
block
RLC/MAC
control
block
RLC/MAC
control
block
Allow
priority
Allow
priority
Allow
priority
Allow
priority
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
No No No No
BCCH BCCH BCCH BCCH
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
No control No control No control No control
No control No control No control No control
A A A A
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
No No No No
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes
20 20 20 20
10 10 10 10
63 63 63 63
60 60 60 60
50 50 50 50
50 50 50 50
50 50 50 50
No No No No
10 10 10 10
4 4 4 4
8 bits 8 bits 8 bits 8 bits
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
5 5 5 5
5 5 5 5
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
No No No No
No No No No
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
8 8 8 8
8 8 8 8
No No No No
No No No No
No No No No
No No No No
12 12 12 12
12 12 12 12
6 6 6 6
No No No No
No No No No
5 5 5 5
5 5 5 5
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
5 5 5 5
3 3 3 3
2 2 2 2
14 14 14 14
55 55 55 55
4, 4, 4, 4 4, 4, 4, 4 4, 4, 4, 4 4, 4, 4, 4
0, 0, 0, 0 0, 0, 0, 0 0, 0, 0, 0 0, 0, 0, 0
No No No No
0 0 0 0
Too high the value of this parameter will affect TBF establishment success rate, which
indirectly influences the coverage radius;
Too small the value of this parameter will affect the initial access rate of MSs near BTS,
but may improve relevant indicators like accessibility, mobility and reliability and coverage
rate.
EGPRS coding mode can be adjusted flexibly. Low coding mode may affect the initial
access rate, but affect little the average rate and customer perception, since the coding
mode can be raised quickly when wireless environment is good, and it may help increase
TBF establishment success rate greatly.
MAX coding mode is NOT recommended.

If the parameter is set too high, TBF establishment success rate will be affected, which
indirectly influences the coverage radius; / if the parameter is set too small, the initial
access rate near BTS will be influenced, but the small value may have positive effects on
the relevant indicators like accessibility, mobility and reliability and coverage rate./It's
proper to use CS2 in the initial access coding scheme; adjustment is not needed. If there

Dynamic change of coding method should be permitted, which helps change coding
methods according to the radio environments, thus enable the users to use the most
favorable coding method during services and increase user's data throughput.
Dynamic change of coding method should be permitted, which helps change coding
methods according to the radio environments, thus enable the users to use the most
favorable coding method during services and increase user's data throughput.
We need to, on one hand ensure that the coding method does not change too frequently,
and on the other hand ensure the flexibility and balance of adjustment of coding method.
/Improper setting of weight may lead to improper adjustment of coding method, which may
affect TBF establishment success rate. /ZTE Default Value is comparatively suitable in
the field, so adjustment of the default value is NOT recommended.
If the parameter is set with a large value, the weight of the previous measurement report
will be increased, which makes the calculated BEP more reliable; in addition, this may
bring positive effects to the indicators related to throughput. /If the parameter is set with a
small value, it enables in-time adjustment of coding method in case of sudden change in
radio environment.
If the parameter is set with a large value, the weight of the previous measurement report
will be increased, which makes the calculated BEP more reliable; in addition, this may
bring positive effects to the indicators related to throughput. /If the parameter is set with a
small value, it enables in-time adjustment of coding method in case of sudden change in
radio environment.
In one aspect, mode 1, 2, 3 is to report MS measurement according to timeslot. When
report based on timeslot is adopted, omitted report or wrong report may occur to some
terminals, which may seriously influence the dynamic adjustment of coding method./ In
another aspect, adoption of mean_BEP and CV_BEP method is more reasonable.
Therefore, we recommend the use of mode 0 and report based on TBF. If the terminals
Extended dynamic allocation supports one downlink PDTCH to schedule several uplink
PDTCH, which helps improve the uploading rate at EDA terminal (R4 or higher protocol
terminals) and provides better support for the services focusing on uplinks.
Setting of this parameter depends on the need on site. If there is no need to enable DTM,
we may set the parameter closed.
Setting the parameter to be 3 may sufficiently satisfy the common PS services like RAU
and ATTACH. Setting it with a larger number may slightly affect customer's perception of
CS services. For the demands which cannot be satisfied with the max number of GTTP
Lapdm frame, we may only adopt the transmission mode with TBF.
With this parameter enabled, we may realize the following functions: 1. When the
countdown process starts and there is new data to be transmitted, there is no need to wait
for the release of all the current TBF and re-establish new uplink TBF, instead we may
quickly restart the data transmission and improve the uplink data rate. 2. If there is
downlink data to be transmitted during the time of uplink extended TBF, we may directly
Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter
Accessibility
Values
If there are upper layer LLC frames to be transmitted before the expiration of the timer, we
may directly use the existing TBF to transmit the downlink data without having to establish
new TBF, as a result we may save the TBF establishment time./ The larger the timer is
set, the longer the TBF -related resources (incl. TFI and timeslot) will be reserved; if the
timer is set with a small value, it will go against with the discontinuous transmission of
With this parameter enabled, we may realize the following functions: 1. When the
countdown process starts and there is new data to be transmitted, there is no need to wait
for the release of all the current TBF and re-establish new uplink TBF, instead we may
quickly restart the data transmission and improve the uplink data rate. 2. If there is
downlink data to be transmitted during the time of uplink extended TBF, we may directly
For T3192/T3193, the delay strategy may cause waste of downlink resource to some
degree, however, before T3192/T3193 expires, the network may establish a new downlink
TBF and reduce the TBF establishment time by directly sending the PACKET DOWNLINK
ASSIGNMENT message. If T3192/T3193 expires, the network may only establish TBF
through originating paging messages or the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT flow (MS staying
When MS is under the non-DRX mode, the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND can
be sent on all PCHs and AGCHs, and the assignment process only takes tens of
milliseconds; while being under the DRX mode, MS may only monitor paging messages
on the home paging group and then receive the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message
from all the paging blocks and the reserved AGCH blocks. The processing of receiving
On one hand, to increase PanInc and PanMax and decrease PanDec may lower the
possibility of abnormal TBF release and cell reselection when MS fails to receive Packet
Uplink Ack, but on the other hand when the transmission window stops transmitting data,
it makes MS continue to occupy the radio resource, which causes low utilization rate of
resources. It's recommended to avoid the concurrence of abnormal TBF release and cell
On one hand, to increase PanInc and PanMax and decrease PanDec may lower the
possibility of abnormal TBF release and cell reselection when MS fails to receive Packet
Uplink Ack, but on the other hand when the transmission window stops transmitting data,
it makes MS continue to occupy the radio resource, which causes low utilization rate of
resources. It's recommended to avoid the concurrence of abnormal TBF release and cell
On one hand, to increase PanInc and PanMax and decrease PanDec may lower the
possibility of abnormal TBF release and cell reselection when MS fails to receive Packet
Uplink Ack, but on the other hand when the transmission window stops transmitting data,
it makes MS continue to occupy the radio resource, which causes low utilization rate of
resources. It's recommended to avoid the concurrence of abnormal TBF release and cell
If there are downlink data to be transmitted before the expiration of the timer, we may
directly establish downlink TBF on PACCH and release the uplink TBF without having to
establish new downlink TBF through Polling or Paging./ When there is no uplink data
being transmitted, to set the timer with a larger value contributes to the establishment of
downlink TBF and the improvement of downlink throughput rate; however, this function is
The value of T3168 may affect TBF establishment success rate. / The smaller the value of
T3168 is set, the shorter time is left for TBF establishment, thus the lower TBF
establishment success rate becomes when the radio environment is unfavorable;
conversely, the larger the value of T3168 is set, the longer period it takes MS to judge
TBF establishment failure, and thus packet access delay increases and the system

MultislotClassGroup in EGPRS Packet Channel Request) . /// If forced two-step access


cannot be adopted, the uplink access method will depend on MS. However, the field
application effect shows that one-step access success rate is increased when this
function is enabled; since the success rate of one-step access is higher than that of two-

When setting this parameter, we need to comprehensively consider the definition of


BsCvMax, T3198 and N3104max. / For BsCvMax, if the extended TBF is not enabled, the
new data that arrives after the timer starts can only be transmitted in new TBF; if the
extended TBF is enabled, the system may recalculate CV to have the new data that
arrives after the timer starts transmitted in the current TBF. Therefore, if this parameter is

As a newly-added function, the realization of its algorithm is not considerately designed


yet. To set the parameter 0 may lead to a decrease in downlink TBF establishment
success rate; but it contributes to improving the average data throughput of download,
especially to the improvement of average throughput rate of small amount of data
downloading.

If the parameter's value is set too large, it may make the users unable to restart access
attempt during a long time, which will affect users' perception of service; if the
parameter's value is set too small, it may cause frequent failures of PDTCH application
attempt during a short time (due to PDTCH congestion or channel activation failure, etc.),
which will affect the performance indicators related to accessibility. / To set the parameter

If the parameter is set too large, MS has to wait for a long time before it receives the
PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message. In such case, the MS may as well just return
to the idle mode and restart packet access attempt and improve users' perception. / If the
parameter is set too small, there may not be enough time left for MS to receive the
PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message, which may affect access success rate. / To

If the parameter is set too large, the access delay will be increased; / if the parameter is
set too small, access success rate may drop. / It's reasonable to set the parameter with 10.

Setting the parameter with a large value may help to improve Polling success rate and
thus lower TBF abnormal failure rate.
If the parameter is set too small, there will be a serious waste of uplink/ downlink
resources; / if the parameter is set too large, MS won't be able to send the Packet
Downlink Ack/Nack message in time, which may further affect the transmission rate and
result in abnormal TBF release./ Setting the parameter with a reasonable value helps to
improve the average transmission rate. / GPRS window is fixed to be 64, which is easy to
If the parameter is set too small, there will be a serious waste of uplink/ downlink
resources; / if the parameter is set too large, MS won't be able to send the Packet
Downlink Ack/Nack message in time, which may further affect the transmission rate and
result in abnormal TBF release./ Setting the parameter with a reasonable value helps to
improve the average transmission rate. / EDGE window is larger than that of GPRS, so
If the parameter is set too small, there will be a serious waste of uplink/ downlink
resources; / if the parameter is set too large, MS won't be able to send the Packet
Downlink Ack/Nack message in time, which may further affect the transmission rate and
result in abnormal TBF release./ Setting the parameter with a reasonable value helps to
improve the average transmission rate. / GPRS window is fixed to be 64, which is easy to
If the parameter is set too small, there will be a serious waste of uplink/ downlink
resources; / if the parameter is set too large, MS won't be able to send the Packet
Downlink Ack/Nack message in time, which may further affect the transmission rate and
result in abnormal TBF release./ Setting the parameter with a reasonable value helps to
improve the average transmission rate. / EDGE window is larger than that of GPRS, so
The current equipment version does not support this function. Please adopt ZTE default
value.
If the cell supports this function, network indicates MS whether to send the RLC data of
PENDING-ACK when there is no data in NACK status and no new RLC data block to be
transmitted or the transmission window is full through PRE_EMPTIVE_TRANSMISSION
in PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message. When "Preemptivetrans bit" function is
enabled, data throughput rate may be improved to some degree.
If there is need to use this function, choose Yes; if no, choose No. / If this function is
enabled, all indicators related to accessibility, reliability and throughput will be improved.

This parameter works only when both GPRS preference channels and EDGE preference
channels are configured. To choose No is to define GPRS preference channels and
EDGE preference channels as GPRS dedicated channels and EDGE dedicated channels
to prevent EGE users and GPRS users from reusing PDTCH, which may improve EDGE
throughput rate to some degree. To choose Yes means when some preference channel is
This parameter works only when both GPRS preference channels and EDGE preference
channels are configured. To set the parameter Yes may increase the times of resource
adjustment; and the adjustment may not necessarily result in assignment of channels
which are sufficient in quantity. To set the parameter No may result in GPRS users and
EDGE users reusing channels, which may influence the transmission rate for EDGE users
This parameter works only when both GPRS preference channels and EDGE preference
channels are configured. It's suggested that other preference channels may be assigned
only when there is no idle granularity available, in order to prevent GPRS users and
EDGE users from reusing channels which may influence transmission rate for EDGE
users. // Setting the parameter with 100% helps to prevent EDGE users and GPRS users
This parameter works only when both GPRS preference channels and EDGE preference
channels are configured. When it is set with 0, assignment of other preference channels is
not recommended, in order to avoid GPRS and EDGE users reusing channels and then
improve the indicators related to the throughput rate for EDGE users. //Note: The
precondition of enabling this function is that both GPRS preference channels and EDGE
If TCH queuing function is not enabled, it's not recommended to set this parameter 0. If
the parameter is set 0, MS needs to wait for the dynamic channels to switch from PDTCH
to TCH when no dynamic channels of TCH are available, which may result in TCH
allocation failure. // If the parameter is set too large, PS service users that have reserved
over many idle dynamic channels may be unable to occupy the rich radio resources,

The resource allocation granularity for the users facing heavy interference shall not be
restricted, or the transmission rate for these users may become too low due to lack of
radio resources. It's not recommended to allocate different PDTCH granularities to
different non-GBR users based on MEAN-BEP, in order to improve user throughput rate
in bad radio environment.
We need to set certain weight for users with high priority to ensure that they are allocated
with more granularities and are served with services of better quality.
We need to set certain weight for users with high priority to ensure that they are allocated
with more granularities and are served with services of better quality.
On one hand, when packet access fails due to lack of resource, packet access request
may keep trying; on the other hand, PDTCH may be reused by many PS service users
and PDTCH/Abis/UPPB-DSP congestion rate is very low in networks; even if
PDTCH/Abis/UPPB-DSP congestion occurs, we should deal with it from the perspective
of congestion, but not enable Support PS Queuing. //Based on the two points mentioned

Since Support PS Queuing function is not suggested, the PS Maximum Queue Number
shall be set with ZTE default value.
Setting of this parameter depends on the needs in field. If there is need to enable the
preemption function for users of different priorities, choose Yes. With this function
enabled, TBF call drop rate for users of low priority may increase.
It's not recommended to use this parameter, because CS call drops may increase when
this function is enabled.
To set this parameter with a small value may help to avoid waste of resource and increase
flexibility of resource allocation. If we choose to allocate four granularities each time while
there aren't four consecutive granularities available, the allocation may end up a failure.
Therefore, we recommend to set the parameter 0 and allocate one granularity to users
each time, in order to improve uplink access success rate when PDTCH resource isn't

There's is no need to use PBCCH currently.


If there is need to enable NACC in the field, choose Yes, in order to support the
transmission of PACKET CELL CHANGE NOTIFICATION; if there is no need to enable
NACC, choose No.
The cell reselection system information sent by the serving cell is not the whole set of
system information, but part of the whole set, which is very important for MS to access the
target reselection cell. However, this part of system information cannot ensure that MS
may access the target reselection cell immediately. The precondition for MS to
immediately access target reselection cell is that the target reselection cell supports PSI
Being related to NCCR, the parameter currently is not in need in the field, so please
maintain the setting of ZTE default value.
Being related to NCCR, the parameter currently is not in need in the field, so please
maintain the setting of ZTE default value.
Being related to NCCR, the parameter currently is not in need in the field, so please
maintain the setting of ZTE default value.
Being related to NCCR, the parameter currently is not in need in the field, so please
maintain the setting of ZTE default value.
Being related to NCCR, the parameter currently is not in need in the field, so please
maintain the setting of ZTE default value.
Being related to NCCR, the parameter currently is not in need in the field, so please
maintain the setting of ZTE default value.
Currently the function of network controlling cell reselection is not applied in the field,
besides BSC does not require MS to send measurement reports. Please set this
parameter as NC0.
Being related to NCCR, the parameter currently is not in need in the field, so please
maintain the setting of ZTE default value.
Being related to NCCR, the parameter currently is not in need in the field, so please
maintain the setting of ZTE default value.
Being related to NCCR, the parameter currently is not in need in the field, so please
maintain the setting of ZTE default value.
Being related to NCCR, the parameter currently is not in need in the field, so please
maintain the setting of ZTE default value.
For cells that do not support PS services, set the parameter as "Don't support GPRS"
For cells that only support GPRS, set the parameter as "Support GPRS";
For cells that support both GPRS and EDGE at the same time, set the parameter
as"Support EDGE"; V2 80 sites only support CS1/2.
Currently extended BCCH cannot be applied in the field.
Support this function to map the information on several CCCH blocks, so as that MS may
receive the information as soon as possible.
Packet control acknowledgment type indicates the default format for MS to send PACKET
CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message. The former one uses Access Burst and
the latter one uses Normal Burst, both of which have no influence on the transmission
success rate of PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message, so there is no
need to make adjustment and the default value is acceptable.
Make adjustments accordingly, if service priority is needed to set limitations to MS packet
access.
Application of this parameter is not recommended, because PS power control speed is
seriously lagged, compared with one block 20ms.
Application of this parameter is not recommended, because PS power control speed is
seriously lagged, compared with one block 20ms.
Application of this parameter is not recommended, because PS power control speed is
seriously lagged, compared with one block 20ms.
Application of this parameter is not recommended, because PS power control speed is
seriously lagged, compared with one block 20ms.
Application of this parameter is not recommended, because PS power control speed is
seriously lagged, compared with one block 20ms.
Application of this parameter is not recommended, because PS power control speed is
seriously lagged, compared with one block 20ms.
Application of this parameter is not recommended, because PS power control speed is
seriously lagged, compared with one block 20ms.
Application of this parameter is not recommended, because PS power control speed is
seriously lagged, compared with one block 20ms.
Application of this parameter is not recommended, because PS power control speed is
seriously lagged, compared with one block 20ms.
Application of this parameter is not recommended, because PS power control speed is
seriously lagged, compared with one block 20ms.
Application of this parameter is not recommended, because PS power control speed is
seriously lagged, compared with one block 20ms.
Application of this parameter is not recommended, because PS power control speed is
seriously lagged, compared with one block 20ms.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
This parameter has become invalid. Please maintain the setting of ZTE default value.
Currently the system does not support this function, but decreases the modulation power
of BCCH Ts17 by 2dB when it uses 8PSK. This parameter works only when TLV format is
supported.


Coverage Rate
Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter
CN Side
Indicators
Mobility
Remarks
Reliability Throughput

HO
Related
Inter-Cell handover
allowed
InHoE
nable
According to GSM
specifications, intra-BSC
inter-cell handover is
Yes/No Yes Yes
HO
Related
External handover
protection Timer in target
cell
T9113
T9113 timer monitors
external handover in the
target cell.
0 - 300,
100ms
110 110
HO
Related
Protective time that PO
responses external
handover completion
rmsT7
1 Timer start: it starts
when RANCS sends the
HANDOVER
50 - 200,
100ms
150 150
HO
Related
External handover
protection time
rmsT8
This parameter is timer
rmsT8, monitoring
external handover
50 - 650,
100ms
100 100
HO
Related
Time of Micro-Micro
handover delay
Tmicro
In micro-micro handover
control, a delay time
value is required (the
50 - 200,
100ms
80 50
HO
Related
Handover protecting timer
to WCDMA/FDD
rmsT3
121
Timer T3121, protection
time after sending inter-
system to utran
1 - 650,
100ms
100 100
HO
Related
Handover period of source
cell
rmsT3
103
This timer indicates the
time period for internal
handover process of
0 - 300,
100ms
60 60
HO
Related
Level threshold of target
cell
info_0_
15
Level threshold of target
cell
0 - 63; 0: <
-110 dBm,
1: -110
27 40
HO
Related
External cell load notify Info_0
It describes if the load
information in this cell is
filled in the unit of "New
0 (No) :
disabled
1 (Yes) :
No NO
HO
Related
Neighbor cell load valid
duration
Info_0
_17
It describes the valid
time of the load
information.
0 - 255, 10s 6 6
HO
Related
MS power hold in
handover option
info_0_
9
It indicates if MS power
hold in handover option
is supported.
0 (No) :
(MS with
Maximum
0 0
Categor
y
Parameter Name
Param
eter
Code
Definition
Value
Range &
Unit
Default
Value in
OMCR
Recomme
nded
Value for
Network
Optimizati
on
900M 1800M Co-BCCH 900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110
150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
37 40 40 37 40 45 45 37 40
Yes Yes Yes NO NO NO NO NO NO
4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6
1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
Wide Coverage
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
Rural
Express Way/High-
speed Railway
Dense Urban/Urban
900M 1800M
Yes Yes
Yes: means inter-cell
handover is controlled by
BSC;

110 110
The protection time for
target cell resources in
inter-BSC handover. This

150 150
If BSC side need receive
"handover required reject"
message from MSC, a

100 100
This parameter displays
the handover protection
time of the original cell in

50 50
Before Tmicro expires,
inter-layer handovers have
precedence over

100 100
This parameter displays
the handover protection
time of the source cell in

60 60
This parameter displays
the handover protection
time of the source cell in

37 40
This parameter is one of
the parameters related to
power optimization after

NO NO
When dynamic priority is
enabled, this parameter
should be set as "Yes."

6 6
This parameter is valid
when dynamic priority is
enabled, and displays the

0 0
Enabling this parameter
may suppress interference
to a certain extent. The

Values
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
Indoor
Coverage/Tunnel
Accessi
bility
Mobility
Reliabilit
y
Coverag
e Rate
CN Side
Indicato
rs
Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter
Through
put
Remarks
900M
1800
M
Co-
BCC
900M
Cell
Selection
MIN
received
signal
level to
access
RxLevAcce
ssMin
To prevent the MS
from accessing the
system at a low
receiving signal
level (usually, the
poor
0 - 63; 0:
< -110
dBm, 1: -
110 dBm -
-109 dBm,
2: -109
10 10 10 15 10 10
Cell
Selection
Cell bar
qualify
CellBarQua
lify
This parameter
preferably selects
certain cells in the
cell selection
process according
to capacity, traffic
Yes/No No No No No No No
Cell
Selection
Cell bar
access
CellBarAcc
ess
PLMN carriers can
determine if to
allow MS to
access a specific
cell (for example
the cell in test or
Yes/No No No No No No No
Cell
Selection
Access
control
level
AccCtrlCla
ss
It indicates MS
access control
level to access
cell. Common MS
has the class 0 - 9
and special MS
16bits,
Yes/No
No, No,
No, No,
No, No,
No, No,
No, No,
No, No,
No, No,
No, No,
No, No,
No, No,
No, No,
No, No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
Cell
Selection
Minimal
level
threshold
of MS
uplink
RACH
RachAcces
sMin
Minimal level
threshold of MS
uplink RACH
access
90-125, -
dBm
125 125 125 125 125 125
Cell
Selection
Minimal
level
threshold
of MS
uplink
RACH
TAMIN
It indicates the
minimum TA
granted to be
accessed into the
cell.
Extend
Cell: 0-
219;
Normal: 0-
63
0 0 0 0 0 0
Idle
measurem
ent
Interferenc
e Band
Boundary
InterfBound
ary
BTS needs to
measure
interference on the
unallocated traffic
channels. BTS
calculates the
(0-5)
0: -110
dBm, 1: -
109 dBm,
......, 63: -
47 dBm
[0, 10, 15,
20, 25, 63]
[0, 10, 15,
20, 25, 63]
[0,
10,
15,
20,
25,
63]
[0,
10,
15,
20,
25,
63]
[0,
10,
15,
20,
25,
63]
[0,
10,
15,
20,
25,
63]
Idle
measurem
ent
Interferenc
e
averaging
period
InterfAvgPr
d
BTS needs to
measure
interference on the
unallocated traffic
channels. BTS
calculates the
1-31,
SACCH
multiframe
31 31 31 31 31 31
DTX
Downlink
discontinuo
us
transmissio
n allowed
DtxDwlink
DTX mode is an
optional downlink
feature of GSM
System.
The Discontinuous
Transmission
Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
DTX
Uplink
discontinuo
us
transmissio
n
DtxUplinkB
cch
The Discontinuous
Transmission
(DTX) mode
means that the
system does not
transmit signals
0: MS
could use
DTX; 1:
MS should
use DTX;
2: MS
1 1 1 1 1 1
Category
Parameter
Name
Parameter
Code
Definition
Value
Range &
Unit
Default
Value in
OMCR
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
Rural
Dense
Urban/Urban
Recomme
nded
Value for
Network
Optimizati
on
Channel
related
Parameters
Number of
multiframes
of the
PCH
BsPaMfra
ms
Number of
multiframes of the
PCH specifies the
repeat cycle of
PCH group
subchannel using
Feb. 9th 5 3 3 3 3 2
Dynamic
SDCCH
SDCCH
dynamic
configuratio
n allowed
CanSdcch
Dyn
This parameter
decides if the cell
allows SDCCH
dynamic
configuration.
Yes/No No Yes No No No Yes
Dynamic
HR
Dynamic
HR Enable
DynaHREn
able
If this cell supports
dynamic HR.
Yes/No No No Yes Yes No No
Dynamic
HR
Use cell
dynamic
HR
parameter
UseCellDy
nHRPara
It indicates use cell
dynamic HR
parameter.
Yes/No No No Yes Yes No No
Dynamic
HR
Threshold
for a single
trx
switched
from FR to
HR
HRThs
When BSC and
cell enables
dynamic HR
functions, and
percentage of
TCH/F channel
1 - 100, %
()
60 60 50 50 60 60
Dynamic
HR
AMR
Dynamic
HR
Conversion
Threshold
AMRHRTh
s
When busy
timeslot/general
timeslot >=
AmrHRThs/100,
and carrier and
cell support AMR,
0-100, %
()
50 50 50 50 50 50
Dynamic
HR
Percentage
of HR Ts
HRTsPerc
entage(<)
When HR timeslot
in the cell / general
timeslot in the cell
<
HRTsPercentage/1
00, the cell can
0-100, % 50 50 70 70 50 50
Dynamic
HR
FR-HR
HandOver
Based On
Cell Load
FRTHRHO
Support
FR-HR HandOver
Based On Cell
Load
Yes/No No No No No No No
Dynamic
HR
New setup
cause
indication
NECI
The serving
channels in the
GSM system can
be classified into
channels with full
rate and channels
Yes/No No No No No No No
HR
Concentrati
on
Support
HR
channel
frag
collected
HRDfragSu
pport
This parameter is
a switch of frag
collection in HR
channel, which
can be configured
on BSC and BTS.
Yes/No No No No No No No
HR
Concentrati
on
Threshold
of HR
Defrag
HRDefragT
hs
It indicates the
proportion
threshold of
HRDefragNum /
idle HR channel in
the cell. This
0-100 (<) 70 70 70 70 70 70
eMLPP
Use cell
EMLPP
threshold
UseCellEm
lppThs
This parameter
defines if
eMLPPThs is
used. If yes, you
shall select cell
property,
Yes/No No No No No No No
eMLPP
Reserved
rate of
EMLPP
EMLPPThs
When using high
priority user to
access service,
that is, EMLPP
service, the
system may
0-100, %
()
20 20 20 20 20 20
eMLPP
ChanSelect
Strategy
ChanSelect
Strategy
It is based on IMSI
resource allocation.
1
According
to channel
select
order of
MSC when
according
to channel
select
order of
MSC when
prefer
according
to channel
select
order of
MSC when
prefer
eMLPP
Preemption
allowed
when
assign
Preemption
Ind_0
It decides if forced
disconnection is
allowed during the
assignment. The
priority in the
assignment
Yes/No No No No No No No
eMLPP
Preemption
allowed
when
handover
Preemption
Ind_1
It decides if forced
disconnection is
allowed during the
handover. The
priority in the
assignment
Yes/No No No No No No No
eMLPP
When
assigned
forced
handover
ForcedHOI
nd_0
This parameter
indicates if the low
priority subscribers
can be forcefully
handover to other
cell, so that high
Yes/No No No No No No No
eMLPP
When
handover
forced
handover
ForcedHOI
nd_1
This parameter
indicates if the low
priority subscribers
can be forcefully
handover to other
cell, so that high
Yes/No No No No No No No
Queue
Queue
allowed
when
assign
QueueInd_
0
This parameter
decides if to allow
queuing in
assignment
process. Cell
improves the call
Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Queue
Queue
allowed
when
handover
QueueInd_
1
This parameter
decides if queuing
can be performed
during a handover
process and when
there are no
Yes/No No No No No No No
Directed
Retry
Directed
retry
indication
DrInd_0
This parameter
indicates if to use
directed retry
process. Network
assigns
corresponding
Yes/No No No Yes Yes No No
Directed
Retry
Inter
Direction
retry
indication
DrInd_1
It indicates if to
use outer directed
retry, that is, inter-
BSC directed retry.
Yes/No No No No No No No
AMR
Use cell
dynamic
AMR
parameter
UseCellAM
RParam
This parameter
indicates if AMR
parameter in the
cell is enabled.
1 If the cell doesn't
enable its own
Use, not
use
not use not use
not
use
not
use
not
use
not
use
AMR
AMR full
Active
Codec Set
AmrFullAcs
The code has 8
bits. The code has
8 bits. Bit 8: 12.2
kbps; Bit 7: 10.2
kbps; Bit 6: 7.95
kbps; Bit 5: 6.70
From 4.75
kbit/s, 5.15
kbit/s, 5.90
kbit/s, 6.70
kbit/s, 7.40
kbit/s, 7.95
No, Yes,
No, Yes,
No, Yes,
No, Yes
No, Yes,
No, Yes,
No, Yes,
No, Yes
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
AMR
Thresholds
of AMR
AmrThresh
olds
The threshold of
changing AMR
mode includes
seven factors:
AmrThresholds1,
AmrThresholds2,
0-63,
0.5dB (FR)
6, 9, 13,
18, 24, 31,
39
6, 9, 13,
18, 24, 31,
39
6, 9,
13,
18,
24,
31,
39
6, 9,
13,
18,
24,
31,
39
6, 9,
13,
18,
24,
31,
39
6, 9,
13,
18,
24,
31,
39
AMR
Hysteresis
of AMR
AmrHyster
esis
The hysteresis of
changing AMR
mode includes
seven factors:
AmrHysteresis1,
AmrHysteresis2,
0-15,
0.5dB (FR)
3, 4, 3, 5,
5, 5, 6
3, 4, 3, 5,
5, 5, 6
3, 4,
3, 5,
5, 5,
6
3, 4,
3, 5,
5, 5,
6
3, 4,
3, 5,
5, 5,
6
3, 4,
3, 5,
5, 5,
6
AMR
Initial
codec
mode
IsAmrICM
Use the coding
mode specified by
Startmode
Startmode
codec,
Initial
codec
mode (FR)
Startmode
codec
Startmode
codec
Start
mode

code
c
Start
mode

code
c
Start
mode

code
c
Start
mode

code
c
AMR
Startmode
codec
mode
AmrStartm
ode
1 When four
values are
configured as "No"
within 8 elements
in "AMR full Active
Codec Set
1: Select
the coding
mode with
lowest bit
rate as the
initial
1 1 1 1 1 1
AMR
Enable
noise
control
IsAmrNscb
This parameter
defines if AMR
noise control is
enabled, that is, to
suppress
background noise
Yes/No
(FR)
No No No No No No
AMR
AMR Half
Active
Codec Set
AmrHalfAc
s
The code has 8
bits. Bit 6- Bit 8:
reserved; Bit 5:
7.40 kbps; Bit 4:
6.70 kbps ... Bit 2:
5.15 kbps; Bit 1:
From 4.75
kbit/s, 5.15
kbit/s, 5.90
kbit/s, 6.70
kbit/s, 7.40
kbit/s, to
No, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, No
No, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, No
No,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
No
No,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
No
No,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
No
No,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
No
AMR
Thresholds
of AMR
AmrThresh
olds
The threshold of
changing AMR
mode includes four
factors:
AmrThresholds1,
AmrThresholds2,
0-63,
0.5dB
(HR)
22, 25, 29,
34, 40
22, 25, 29,
34, 40
22,
25,
29,
34,
40
22,
25,
29,
34,
40
22,
25,
29,
34,
40
22,
25,
29,
34,
40
AMR
Hysteresis
of AMR
AmrHyster
esis
The hysteresis of
changing AMR
mode includes five
factors:
AmrHysteresis1,
AmrHysteresis2,
0-15,
0.5dB
(HR)
4, 5, 5, 6, 6 4, 5, 5, 6, 6
4, 5,
5, 6,
6
4, 5,
5, 6,
6
4, 5,
5, 6,
6
4, 5,
5, 6,
6
AMR
Initial
codec
mode
IsAmrICM
Use the coding
mode specified by
Startmode
Startmode
codec,
Initial
codec
mode (HR)
Startmode
codec
Startmode
codec
Start
mode

code
c
Start
mode

code
c
Start
mode

code
c
Start
mode

code
c
AMR
Startmode
codec
mode
AmrStartm
ode
1 When four
values are
configured as "No"
within 8 elements
in "AMR full Active
Codec Set
1: Select
the coding
mode with
lowest bit
rate as the
initial
1 1 1 1 1 1
AMR
Enable
noise
control
IsAmrNscb
This parameter
defines if AMR
noise control is
enabled, that is, to
suppress
background noise
Yes/No
(HR)
No No No No No No
AMR
AMR
Codec
Adjust
Mode
AmrAdjMo
de
Setting of AMR
rate adjustment
mode:
1 AMR quick rate
adjustment mode:
master adjustment
AMR quick
rate
adjustment
mode,
interval to
adjust
AMR quick
rate
adjustment
mode
AMR quick
rate
adjustment
mode
AMR
quick
rate
adjus
tment

AMR
quick
rate
adjus
tment

AMR
quick
rate
adjus
tment

AMR
quick
rate
adjus
tment

AMR
AMR
Codec
Interval
AmrAdjInte
rval
It indicates AMR
adjustment
interval. This
parameter is only
meaningful when
AmrAdjMode is
1-50, 480
ms
1 1 1 1 1 1
Channel
Request
Access
Number of
slots to
spread
transmissio
n
TxInteger
Parameter used at
the MS side. It
belongs to the
PRACH control
parameters, and it
is broadcast to the
0: 12, 1:
15, 2: 20,
3: 30, 4:
41, 5: 55,
6: 76, 7:
109, 8:
14 14 14 14 14 14
Channel
Request
Access
MAX
number of
re-
transmitting
events
times
Mretrans
MS sends the
channel request
message on
RACH channel to
the network to
start immediate
0: 1 times,
1: 2 times,
2: 4 times,
3: 7 times
2 2 2 2 2 2
Channel
Request
Access
Protection
period for
access
attempt
T3122
The network
sends
IMMEDIATE
ASSIGNMENT
REJECT message
to MS when it
0-255, s 10 10 15 15 15 10
Channel
Request
Access
TA Allowed TaAllowed
It represents the
maximum TA
granted to be
accessed into the
cell.
When
"Cell Type
(CellType)
" is non-
extended
cell, value
63 63 63 63 63 63
Channel
Request
Access
Control
channel
MAX
power level
MsTxPwrM
axCch
During the
communication
between MS and
BTS, the
transmission
power is controlled
0-31
GSM: 5;
DCS1800:
0
GSM: 5;
DCS1800:
0
GSM
: 5;
DCS
1800:
0
GSM
: 5;
DCS
1800:
0
GSM
: 5;
DCS
1800:
0
GSM
: 5;
DCS
1800:
0
Radio Link
Timeout
Radio link
failure
criterion
ConFailCrit
erion
The network side
(BTS) may judge
if the radio link
fails according to
two criteria: One
is based on the
1: use
uplink
SACCH
error
criteria; 2:
use uplink
1 1 1 1 1 1
Radio Link
Timeout
Bss Radio
Link
Timer's
Max Value
for AMR
HR Bug
BSRADIOL
KTMOUTA
MRFR
Fault detection
period in AMR-FR
channel. Within
this period, pick
average value
through s times of
4, 8, 12,
16, 20, 24,
28, 32, 36,
40, 44, 48,
52, 56, 60,
64
64 64 32 32 32 48
Radio Link
Timeout
Bss Radio
Link
Timer's
Max Value
for AMR
HR Bug
BSRADIOL
KTMOUTA
MRHR
Fault detection
period in AMR-HR
channel. Within
this period, pick
average value
through s times of
4, 8, 12,
16, 20, 24,
28, 32, 36,
40, 44, 48,
52, 56, 60,
64
64 64 32 32 32 48
Radio Link
Timeout
Radio link
timeout on
MS side
MsRadioLK
TmOut
This parameter is
the maximum
value of radio link
counter S at Ms
side, transmitted
on BCCH or
0: 4, 1: 8,
......, 15:
64
64 64 32 32 32 48
Radio Link
Timeout
Radio link
timeout on
BSS side
BsRadioLK
TmOut
This parameter is
the maximum
value of radio link
counter S at BSS
side, transmitted
on PBCCH by
0: 4, 1: 8,
......, 15:
64
64 64 32 32 32 48
Radio Link
Timeout
Receiving
level
threshold
RxLevThs
The network side
(BTS) may judge
if the radio link
fails according to
two criteria: One
is based on the
0 - 63; 0:
< -110
dBm, 1: -
110 dBm -
-109 dBm,
2: -109
10 10 10 10 10 10
Radio Link
Timeout
Receiving
quality
threshold
RxQualThs
The network side
(BTS) may judge
if the radio link
fails according to
two criteria. One is
based on uplink
0:
correspond
ing BER
range
<0.2%, 1:
0.2% -
6 6 6 6 6 6
Radio Link
Timeout
Radio link
failure
checking
period
RxLevQual
prd
Period to detect
radio link failure at
network side (in
the unit of SACCH
multiframe),
including the
1-63,
SACCH
multiframe
period
63 63 63 63 63 63
Others
NCC
permitted
NccPermitt
ed
Add or Delete
NCC within the
value range
8 bits
represent
NCC 0-7
[0, 1, 2, 3,
4, 5, 6, 7]
[0, 1, 2, 3,
4, 5, 6, 7]
[0, 1,
2, 3,
4, 5,
6, 7]
[0, 1,
2, 3,
4, 5,
6, 7]
[0, 1,
2, 3,
4, 5,
6, 7]
[0, 1,
2, 3,
4, 5,
6, 7]
Others
Early
category
classmark
sending
control
ECSC
According to GSM
specification, MS
transmits
appended class
mark information
(Classmark 3) to
Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Others
Periodical
location
updating
timer
T3212
Location update
results from two
major causes in
GSM system. One
is when MS
changes from old
0-255,
360s
10 10 10 10 10 10
Others
Call re-
establishm
ent allowed
CallReesta
blish
For the call drop
caused by radio
link failure resulted
from burst
interference or
high building, MS
Yes/No No No No No No No
Others
Emergency
call
allowed
Emergency
Call
Generally, a valid
SIM card is
required for any
MS in GSM
Network to get
various network
Yes/No No No No No No No
Others
IMSI
attach/deta
ch allowed
ImsIadAllo
wed
IMSI attach/detach
allowed
determines if cell
allows IMSI
Attach/Detach
procedure. IMSI
Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Others
Subcell
used
SubCellUs
ed
Defined according
to user
requirement.
If user selects
subcell used, the
system may
Yes/No No No No No No No
Others
Frequency
band of
subCell
SubFreqBa
nd
Set the frequency
band of subCell.
When the
value of
DCS1800/
PCS1900
supported
(FuncExt)
GSM900 GSM900
GSM
900
GSM
900
GSM
900
GSM
900
Cell
Selection
TA Max TaMax
It represents the
maximum TA
supported by
extended cell.
When
"Cell Type
(CellType)
" is non-
extended
cell, value
63 63 63 63 63 63
Others
Allowed
FACCH
call setup
after
emergency
call
FacchCallI
nd_0
BSC can allocate
the suitable TCH
channel when an
MS attempts to
access the
network, and there
Yes/No Yes No No No No No
Others
Allowed
FACCH
call setup
when page
respond
FacchCallI
nd_1
BSC can allocate
the suitable TCH
channel when an
MS attempts to
access the
network, and there
Yes/No Yes No No No No No
Others
Allowed
call setup
on FACCH
FacchCallI
nd_2
BSC can allocate
the suitable TCH
channel when an
MS attempts to
access the
network, and there
Yes/No Yes No No No No No
Others
Allowed
call
reestablish
ed on
FACCH
FacchCallI
nd_3
BSC can allocate
the suitable TCH
channel when an
MS attempts to
access the
network, and there
Yes/No Yes No No No No No
Others
Support
Repeated
ACCH
RepeatAC
CH
This parameter
determines if to
use
FACCH/SACCH
retransmission
function.
Yes/No No No No No No No
Others
INFO1[0]
bit1
None
0: Do not
support
the TLV
format;
1: Support
the TLV
0 0 0 0 0 0
Others
Delay of
TRX
forcible
release
TrxRel
It indicates delay
of TRX forcible
release. During
BCCH handover, if
you select the
carrier with
0: Do not
support
the TLV
format;
1: Support
the TLV
60 60 60 60 60 60
Others
DTX
bandwidth
factor
Info_0_8 None 20 -100, % 50 50
Others
Abis alarm
delay time
AbisAlmDel
ayTime
On disconnection
at Abis, if the time
from disconnection
to recovery is
shorter than the
delay time, do not
0-60, s 0 0 0 0 0 0
CCCH
Load
RACH
Receiving
signal
level
threshold
for busy
RachBuys
Ths
RACH Receiving
signal level
threshold for busy
burst is the
threshold for
receiving signal
0-63, -
(110-Ths)
dbm
63 63 63 63 63 63
CCCH
Load
Average
bursts
count
surveyed
by RACH
AvgSlots
Average bursts
count surveyed by
RACH specifies
the number of
bursts measured
on RACH. RACH
0-100,
burst
60 60 60 60 60 60
CCCH
Load
CCCH
load
indication
(RACH)
CcchLoadI
NDThs_0
When load degree
in RACH channel
for BTS exceeds
this threshold,
BTS sends CCCH
LOAD
0-100, %
()
80 80 80 80 80 80
CCCH
Load
CCCH
load
indication
(PAGCHR
ACH)
CcchLoadI
NDThs_1
When load degree
in PCH channel for
BTS exceeds this
threshold, BTS
sends CCCH
LOAD
0-100, %
()
80 80 80 80 80 80
CCCH
Load
CCCH
Load
Indication
Period
CcchLoadI
ndPrd
According to the
GSM standard,
BTS sends
periodical
message CCCH
LOAD
1 - 255, s 2 2 2 2 2 2
Not RF
related
Parameters
CBC
supported
SmsCbUse
d
CBC service is an
important service
provided by mobile
communication
system, mainly
used to distribute
Yes/No No No No No No No
Not RF
related
Parameters
Start PA
Power Off
StartPAPo
werOff
To save energy
and reduce
consumption, BTS
system shall turn
off PA offset
voltage while close
Yes/No No No No No No No
Not RF
related
Parameters
Switch
Flag of
Ceil TRX
Power Off
StartTRXP
owerOff
It marks if "Switch
Flag of Ceil TRX
Power Off" is
enabled.
Yes/No No No No No No No
Not RF
related
Parameters
BA Show BcchBaInd
BA indication of
BCCH. Adjacent
cell list can be
broadcasted on
BCCH and
transferred on
0, 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Not RF
related
Parameters
LAPDM
timer used
for
controlling
the
SDCCH
T200_0
T200 is the timer
used on various
control channels in
LAPDm protocol of
BTS. There are 7
kinds of T200.
1-7, 5ms 1 1 1 1 1 1
Not RF
related
Parameters
Lapdm
Timer for
controlling
facch/full
rate
channel
T200_1
T200 is the timer
used on various
control channels in
LAPDm protocol of
BTS. There are 7
kinds of T200.
1-7, 5ms 1 1 1 1 1 1
Not RF
related
Parameters
Lapdm
Timer for
controlling
facch/half
rate
channel
T200_2
T200 is the timer
used on various
control channels in
LAPDm protocol of
BTS. There are 7
kinds of T200.
1-7, 5ms 1 1 1 1 1 1
Not RF
related
Parameters
Lapdm
Timer for
controlling
sacch with
tch sapi0
channel
T200_3
T200 is the timer
used on various
control channels in
LAPDm protocol of
BTS. There are 7
kinds of T200.
1-7, 10ms 2 2 2 2 2 2
Not RF
related
Parameters
Lapdm
Timer for
controlling
sacch with
sdcch
channel
T200_4
T200 is the timer
used on various
control channels in
LAPDm protocol of
BTS. There are 7
kinds of T200.
1-7, 10ms 2 2 2 2 2 2
Not RF
related
Parameters
LAPDM
timer used
for
controlling
the
SDCCH
T200_5
T200 is the timer
used on various
control channels in
LAPDm protocol of
BTS. There are 7
kinds of T200.
1-7, 5ms 1 1 1 1 1 1
Not RF
related
Parameters
Lapdm
Timer for
controlling
sacch with
tch sapi3
channel
T200_6
T200 is the timer
used on various
control channels in
LAPDm protocol of
BTS. There are 7
kinds of T200.
1-7, 10ms 2 2 2 2 2 2
Not RF
related
Parameters
Support
TFO
TFOSuppo
rt
None Yes/No No No No No No No
Not RF
related
Parameters
Power
offset
indication
POWERO
FFSETIND
This parameter
decides if to add
offset value for
Control channel
MAX power level
parameter while
Yes/No No No No No No No
Not RF
related
Parameters
Power
offset
PowOffset
According to the
GSM specification,
for Class 3 MS of
GSM 1800, the
transmission
power for sending
0-3, 2db 0 0 0 0 0 0
Not RF
related
Parameters
NO. of
candidate
cells for
handover
Candidate
Num
This parameter
decides maximum
number of
candidate cells for
handover that can
be contained in
Jan. 16th 6 6 6 6 6 6
Not RF
related
Parameters
BCCH
switch
allowed
CanBcchE
xch
This parameter
decides if the cell
allows BCCH
switch.
Yes/No No No No No No No
Not RF
related
Parameters
Cell
Support
Encryption
Mode
CipherMod
e-0-
CipherMod
e-7
Cell Support
Encryption Mode
is the encryption
mode supported
by BTS. The
required
Yes/No;
bit1: use
cipher
mode or
not: bit2:
A5/1
Yes, No,
No, No,
No, No,
No, No
Yes, No,
No, No,
No, No,
No, No
Yes,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
Yes,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
Yes,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
Yes,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
Not RF
related
Parameters
Overload
sending
period
OverloadPr
d
According to GSM
specification, TRX
sends periodic
OVERLOAD
message to notify
BSC until overload
1 - 255, s 2 2 2 2 2 2
Not RF
related
Parameters
MR report
time bitmap
MrRptTime
Bmp
This parameter
provides a check
function about 0 -
23 time points.
You can enable
measurement data
Checked,
unchecked
(0-23hr)
Unchecked
It should
be
configured
according
to the
period of
- - - -
Not RF
related
Parameters
Template
file
-
Click Select
button, a windows
pops up, select the
template file in
local path; click
Clear button to
- -
S8001
related
HBTSSCA
NBT
It indicates the
begin time of
HBTS scanning.
0-23 4 4 4 4 4 4
S8001
related
HBTSSCA
NCYC
It indicates the
HBTS scanning
cycle.
1-10, 24h 1 1 1 1 1 1
1800
M
900M
1800
M
900M
1800
M
900M
1800
M
12 10 12 8 10 10 12
It can be slightly
adjusted according to
the actual situation.
However, it is
suggested that the
value should not be

No No No No No No No
It does not work until
C2 algorithm is enabled.
If this parameter is
enabled, the effective
coverage range of the
service access will be

No No No No No No No
It is not suggested that
this function should be
enabled. If CBQ is yes,
this parameter is invalid.
If a cell has serious
congestion and

No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
Usually, this function is
not used.
If this function is
enabled, it is possible
that the subscribers of
some levels cannot

125 125 125 125 125 125 125


Usually, this parameter
should not be adjusted.
If the configuration of
the parameter is too
big, the access of MS
may be affected. The

0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Keep the system
default value.
[0,
10,
15,
20,
25,
63]
[0,
10,
15,
20,
25,
63]
[0,
10,
15,
20,
25,
63]
[0,
10,
15,
20,
25,
63]
[0,
10,
15,
20,
25,
63]
[0,
10,
15,
20,
25,
63]
[0,
10,
15,
20,
25,
63]
Keep the system
default value.
31 31 31 31 31 31 31
Keep the system
default value.
Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes
This parameter is
meaningful when TC is
at BSC side. It is
suggested that DTX
should be enabled for
IP transmission. In this
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
If it is set as 1, it means
that MS is forced to use
it. This parameter is
meaningful only when
TC is at BSC side.
If the uplink DTX is

Values
Wide
Coverage
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
Rural
Indoor
Coverage/T
unnel
Express
Way/High-
speed
Accessi
bility
Mobility
Reliabili
ty
Coverag
e Rate
Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter
Throug
hput
2 2 2 2 2 3 3
The setting can be
adjusted when the
amount of paging of the
LAC is calculated.
If the parameter value
is set small, the access

Yes Yes Yes No No No No


SD switching method is
a kind of triggering
method. It is suggested
that this function should
be enabled for LAC
border areas, rural

No No No No No Yes Yes
It depends on the traffic
load of the cell. Usually,
it is enabled when the
capacity expansion
cannot be carried out
temporarily for the cell

No No No No No No No
Usually, it is not
enabled, and it is
subject to the BSC half-
rate threshold. If the cell
has a serious
congestion, HR

60 60 60 60 60 50 50
Usually, it is not subject
to the BSC half-rate
threshold. If the
dynamic HR
parameters of the cell
are enabled, they can

50 50 50 50 50 50 50
The system default
value should be kept.
50 50 50 50 50 70 70
The threshold should
be configured
according to the actual
capacity and traffic.
No No No No No No No
The system default
value should be kept.
No No No No No No No
The system default
value should be kept.
No No No No No No No
The system default
value should be kept. If
this parameter is
enabled, there will be
an abnormally
excessive increase of
70 70 70 70 70 70 70
The system default
value should be kept.
No No No No No No No
Usually, this function is
not used, since it may
influence the utilization
ratio of the radio
channels.
20 20 20 20 20 20 20
If the dynamic half-rate
of the cell is enabled, it
should be noticed that
the sum of the value of
eMLPP reservation
threshold and the value
The system default
value should be kept.
No No No No No No No
If there are no special
requirements, it is not
recommended that this
function should be
enabled.
This function can help

No No No No No No No
If there are no special
requirements, it is not
recommended that this
function should be
enabled.
This function can help

No No No No No No No
If there are no special
requirements, it is not
recommended that this
function should be
enabled.
This function can help

No No No No No No No
If there are no special
requirements, it is not
recommended that this
function should be
enabled.
This function can help

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
It is recommended that
this function should be
enabled so as to reduce
the congestion ratio.

No No No No No No No
It is not recommended
that this function should
be enabled.
No No No No No Yes Yes
It is suggested that this
function should be
enabled at the dense
urban. In this way, the
success rate of call
establishment can be

No No No No No No No
It is not recommended
that this function should
be enabled. When the
inter direction retry
indication is needed,
the MSC side should be
not
use
not
use
not
use
not
use
not
use
not
use
not
use
Usually, the AMR
parameters of the cell
are not enabled. It is
recommended that the
AMR parameters of the
BSC should be adopted.
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
Usually, the AMR
parameters of the cell
are not enabled. It is
recommended that the
AMR parameters of the
BSC should be adopted.
6, 9,
13,
18,
24,
31,
39
6, 9,
13,
18,
24,
31,
39
6, 9,
13,
18,
24,
31,
39
6, 9,
13,
18,
24,
31,
39
6, 9,
13,
18,
24,
31,
39
6, 9,
13,
18,
24,
31,
39
6, 9,
13,
18,
24,
31,
39
Usually, the AMR
parameters of the cell
are not enabled. It is
recommended that the
AMR parameters of the
BSC should be adopted.
3, 4,
3, 5,
5, 5,
6
3, 4,
3, 5,
5, 5,
6
3, 4,
3, 5,
5, 5,
6
3, 4,
3, 5,
5, 5,
6
3, 4,
3, 5,
5, 5,
6
3, 4,
3, 5,
5, 5,
6
3, 4,
3, 5,
5, 5,
6
Usually, the AMR
parameters of the cell
are not enabled. It is
recommended that the
AMR parameters of the
BSC should be adopted.
Start
mode

code
c
Start
mode

code
c
Start
mode

code
c
Start
mode

code
c
Start
mode

code
c
Start
mode

code
c
Start
mode

code
c
Usually, the AMR
parameters of the cell
are not enabled. It is
recommended that the
AMR parameters of the
BSC should be adopted.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Usually, the AMR
parameters of the cell
are not enabled. It is
recommended that the
AMR parameters of the
BSC should be adopted.
No No No No No No No
Usually, the AMR
parameters of the cell
are not enabled. It is
recommended that the
AMR parameters of the
BSC should be adopted.
No,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
No
No,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
No
No,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
No
No,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
No
No,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
No
No,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
No
No,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
No
Usually, the AMR
parameters of the cell
are not enabled. It is
recommended that the
AMR parameters of the
BSC should be adopted.
22,
25,
29,
34,
40
22,
25,
29,
34,
40
22,
25,
29,
34,
40
22,
25,
29,
34,
40
22,
25,
29,
34,
40
22,
25,
29,
34,
40
22,
25,
29,
34,
40
Usually, the AMR
parameters of the cell
are not enabled. It is
recommended that the
AMR parameters of the
BSC should be adopted.
4, 5,
5, 6,
6
4, 5,
5, 6,
6
4, 5,
5, 6,
6
4, 5,
5, 6,
6
4, 5,
5, 6,
6
4, 5,
5, 6,
6
4, 5,
5, 6,
6
Usually, the AMR
parameters of the cell
are not enabled. It is
recommended that the
AMR parameters of the
BSC should be adopted.
Start
mode

code
c
Start
mode

code
c
Start
mode

code
c
Start
mode

code
c
Start
mode

code
c
Start
mode

code
c
Start
mode

code
c
Usually, the AMR
parameters of the cell
are not enabled. It is
recommended that the
AMR parameters of the
BSC should be adopted.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Usually, the AMR
parameters of the cell
are not enabled. It is
recommended that the
AMR parameters of the
BSC should be adopted.
No No No No No No No
Usually, the AMR
parameters of the cell
are not enabled. It is
recommended that the
AMR parameters of the
BSC should be adopted.
AMR
quick
rate
adjus
tment

AMR
quick
rate
adjus
tment

AMR
quick
rate
adjus
tment

AMR
quick
rate
adjus
tment

AMR
quick
rate
adjus
tment

AMR
quick
rate
adjus
tment

AMR
quick
rate
adjus
tment

Usually, the AMR
parameters of the cell
are not enabled. It is
recommended that the
AMR parameters of the
BSC should be adopted.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Usually, the AMR
parameters of the cell
are not enabled. It is
recommended that the
AMR parameters of the
BSC should be adopted.
14 14 14 14 14 14 14
14 is corresponding to
the maximum value of
the repeat request
interval. This parameter
should not be modified
if there are no special

2 2 2 2 2 2 2
The system default
value should be kept.
10 10 10 10 10 15 10
Usually, the
recommended
configuration is 10-15
seconds. Besides, the
configuration should be
15-25 seconds for high

63 63 63 63 63 63 63
Usually, the access
should not be limited
through TA.
GSM
: 5;
DCS
1800:
0
GSM
: 5;
DCS
1800:
0
GSM
: 5;
DCS
1800:
0
GSM
: 5;
DCS
1800:
0
GSM
: 5;
DCS
1800:
0
GSM
: 5;
DCS
1800:
0
GSM
: 5;
DCS
1800:
0
The system default
value should be kept.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
the system default
value should be kept.
48 20 20 64 64 32 32
This parameter is
directly related to the
call drop rate. The
bigger the configuration
is, the lower the call
drop rate is. Therefore,

48 20 20 64 64 32 32
This parameter is
directly related to the
call drop rate. The
bigger the configuration
is, the lower the call
drop rate is. Therefore,

48 20 20 64 64 32 32
This parameter is
directly related to the
call drop rate. The
bigger the configuration
is, the lower the call
drop rate is. Therefore,

48 20 20 64 64 32 32
This parameter is
directly related to the
call drop rate. The
bigger the configuration
is, the lower the call
drop rate is. Therefore,

10 10 10 10 10 10 10
This is the level
threshold which is used
to judge the radio link
failures.
6 6 6 6 6 6 6
This is the quality
threshold which is used
to judge the radio link
failures.
63 63 63 63 63 63 63
It is suggested that the
default value should be
kept.
[0, 1,
2, 3,
4, 5,
6, 7]
[0, 1,
2, 3,
4, 5,
6, 7]
[0, 1,
2, 3,
4, 5,
6, 7]
[0, 1,
2, 3,
4, 5,
6, 7]
[0, 1,
2, 3,
4, 5,
6, 7]
[0, 1,
2, 3,
4, 5,
6, 7]
[0, 1,
2, 3,
4, 5,
6, 7]
This parameter does
not need to be modified
if there are no special
requirements.
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
It is suggested that this
function should be
enabled for the dual-
band network.
10 10 10 10 10 10 10
The default value is 10.
It must be smaller than
the implicit power-off
time of the core
network. Besides, the
value of T3212 of the
No No No No No No No
The system default
value should be kept.

No No No No No No No
Whether the function
should be enabled
depends on the actual
requirements at the
work field. It is not
recommended that this

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes


The system default
value should be kept.
No No No No No No No
It should be configured
according to the actual
situation.
GSM
900
GSM
900
GSM
900
GSM
900
GSM
900
GSM
900
GSM
900
It should be configured
according to the actual
situation.
63 63 63 63 63 63 63
It is suggested that the
default value should be
kept. The maximum TA
value of access and
that of handover are
limited.
No No No No No No No
If the emergency call
function is enabled, this
function should be
enabled accordingly.
No No No No No No No
It is suggested that this
function should not be
enabled. If this function
is enabled, the TCH
assignment failure ratio
will be rather high.

No No No No No No No
It is suggested that this
function should not be
enabled. If this function
is enabled, the TCH
assignment failure ratio
will be rather high.

No No No No No No No
It is suggested that this
function should not be
enabled. If this function
is enabled, the TCH
assignment failure ratio
will be rather high.

No No No No No No No
If the AMR function is
enabled, this function
should be enabled so
as to improve the
success rate of
establishment.

0 0 0 0 0 0 0
For SDR site, only
when the configuration
is that TLV format is
supported will TAMIN,
TaAllowed,
RachAccessMin, and
60 60 60 60 60 60 60
It is suggested that the
default value should be
kept.
It is suggested that the
default value should be
kept, and it should not
be modified.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
It is suggested that the
default value should be
kept.
63 63 63 63 63 63 63
It is suggested that the
default value should be
kept.
60 60 60 60 60 60 60
It is suggested that the
default value should be
kept.
80 80 80 80 80 80 80
It is suggested that the
default value should be
kept.
80 80 80 80 80 80 80
It is suggested that the
default value should be
kept.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
It is suggested that the
default value should be
kept.
No No No No No No No
This parameter should
be configured
according to the actual
requirements at the
work field.
No No No No No No No
It is suggested that the
default value should be
kept.
No No No No No No No
It is suggested that the
default value should be
kept.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
It is suggested that the
default value should be
kept.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Temporarily, the
configuration of this
parameter is invalid.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Temporarily, the
configuration of this
parameter is invalid.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Temporarily, the
configuration of this
parameter is invalid.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Temporarily, the
configuration of this
parameter is invalid.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Temporarily, the
configuration of this
parameter is invalid.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Temporarily, the
configuration of this
parameter is invalid.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Temporarily, the
configuration of this
parameter is invalid.
No No No No No No No
If the TFO function is to
be enabled, it needs
support from the core
network.
This parameter is a cell
parameter, and it

No No No No No No No
It is suggested that the
default value should be
kept.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
It is suggested that the
default value should be
kept.
6 6 6 6 6 6 6
It is suggested that the
default value should be
kept.
No No No No No No No
It should be configured
according to the actual
requirements at the
work field. This
parameter is a cell
parameter. Its
Yes,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
Yes,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
Yes,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
Yes,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
Yes,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
Yes,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
Yes,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
The cryptographic
algorithm should be
consistent with that of
the core network side.
At present, only A5/1
and A5/2 are supported.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
It is suggested that the
default value should be
kept.
- - - - - - -
It should be configured
according to the period
of time of the MR data
which need to be
collected.
It is suggested that the
default value should be
kept.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
It is suggested that the
default value should be
kept.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
It is suggested that the
default value should be
kept.
Remarks
CN
Side
Indicato
rs
Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter

900
M
1800
M
Co-
BCC
900
M
1800
M
Handover
parameters
of BCCH
and SD
Handover
BCCH
CanBcchExch
This
parameter
is used to
indicate
whether
dynamic
configured
BCCH
function is
enabled by
BSC. When
this function
is enabled,
network can
enable
dynamic
configured
BCCH
function.
Specially,
for which
cell
can enable
this
function, it
is based on
whether the
cell can
dynamically
enable
dynamically
configured
BCCH
function.
Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
Dense
Urban/Urban
Rural
Value
Range &
Unit
Default
Value
in
OMCR
Recomme
nded
Value for
Network
Optimizat
ion
Category
Parameter
Name
Parameter
Code
Definition
Handover
parameters
of BCCH
and SD
Dynamic
config
SDCCH
CanSdcchDyn
This
parameter
is used to
indicate
whether
dynamic
configured
SDCCH
function is
enabled by
BSC. When
this function
is enabled,
network can
enable
dynamic
configured
SDCCH
function.
Specially,
for which
cell can
enable this
function, it
is based on
whether
the cell can
dynamically
enable
dynamic
configured
SDCCH
function.
Yes/No No Yes No No No Yes Yes
Handover
parameters
of BCCH
and SD
Scan
SDCCH
ScanSdcch
This
parameter
is used to
indicate the
scanning
duration for
idle SDCCH
channel by
the network
when
dynamic
configured
SDCCH
function is
enabled in
the cell.
When
network
enables
dynamic
configured
SDCCH
function,
the network
may
periodically
check
idle SDCCH
channels in
the cell
according
to this
parameter,
to decide
conversion
condition.
This
10 - 1000, 100ms 100 30 30 30 30 30 30
Handover
parameters
of BCCH
and SD
Scan
BCCH
ScanBcch
This
parameter
is used to
indicate the
scanning
duration for
idle BCCH
channel by
the network
when
dynamic
configured
BCCH
function is
enabled in
the
cell. When
network
enables
dynamic
configured
BCCH
function,
the network
may
periodically
check
idle BCCH
carrier state
in the cell
according
to this
parameter,
to decide
conversion
condition.
This
600 - 9000, 100ms3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
Handover
parameters
of BCCH
and SD
BCCH
starting
delay
BcchDelay
The initial
delay for
BCCH
switchover.
The user
shall check
the state of
BCCH
carrier after
timer
timeout.
Formally
start
switchover
flow if
switchover
is required
indeed.
20 - 1800, 100ms 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
Handover
parameters
of BCCH
and SD
BCCH
finishing
delay
ReBcchEx
The initial
delay for
BCCH
switchover.
The user
shall check
the state of
BCCH
carrier after
timer
timeout.
Formally
start
switchover
flow if
switchover
is required
indeed.
20 - 1800, 100ms 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
Handover
parameters
of BCCH
and SD
Delay of
TRX
forcible
release
TrxRel
It indicates
delay of
TRX
forcible
release.
During
BCCH
handover, if
you select
the carrier
with existing
service as
BCCH
carrier after
handover,
you can
inform the
service and
handover to
other carrier.
Release the
service on
this carrier
after timer is
timeout.
20 - 200, 100ms 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Handover
parameters
of BCCH
and SD
Delay of
TS forcible
release
TsRel
It indicates
delay of TS
forcible
release.
During
dynamic
config
SDCCH
converted
to TCH, first
handover
the service
on this
timeslot to
other
timeslots,
and release
the service
on this
timeslot
after timer
is timeout.
5 - 200, 100ms 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Handover
parameters
of BCCH
and SD
Delay
protection
MaxDelay
This
parameter
is delay
protection
timer, which
is
used to
indicate
response
timeout
timer after
waiting
for BTS
configuratio
n finishing
while
dynamic
config
BCCH or
SDCCH
function is
enabled
and dynamic
conversion
condition is
met.
Restart flow
after timer
is timeout.
1200 - 2400, 100ms 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
Handover
parameters
of BCCH
and SD
TCH-
>SDCCH
limit
MinSdcch
This
parameter
is used to
indicate
whether
dynamic
configured
SDCCH
function is
enabled
and
conversion
threshold
from TCH
to SDCCH.
Only when
idle SDCCH
is lower
than this
threshold,
the
conversion
from TCH
to SDCCH
can be
done.
2 - 64 (<) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Handover
parameters
of BCCH
and SD
SDCCH-
>TCH
delay
TimeToTch
This
parameter
is used to
enable
dynamic
config
SDCCH
function in
the cell.
After TCH
is
dynamically
converted
to SDCCH
channel and
SDCCH
channel is
idle, to
prevent
from
frequent
channel
conversion,
a time limit
will be
added for
the
conversion
from
SDCCH
channel to
TCH
channel.
During this
limit,
SDCCH
channel
0 - 24 0 6 6 6 6 6 6
Handover
parameters
of BCCH
and SD
The MAX
cells'amou
nt of
simultaneo
usly
handover
MaxChangeProc
It controls
the MAX
number of
cells that
can be
handovered
simultaneou
sly in a
module.
Jan. 8th 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
900
M
1800
M
900
M
1800
M
900
M
1800
M
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
If the function of handover
BCCH needs to be enabled,
the module parameter
handover BCCH and the cell
parameter "BCCH switch
allowed" should be enabled at
the same time.
If this function is enabled, the
service interruption caused by
the BCCH carrier frequency
failures can be reduced, and
the overall accessibility and
reliability can be improved.
The default value should be
adopted if there are no special
requirements.

Accessibilit
y
Mobility Reliability
Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter
Values
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
Express
Way/High-
speed
Wide
Coverage
Indoor
Coverage/
Tunnel
Yes Yes No No No No
This parameter indicates
whether BSC enables the
function of dynamic
configuration of SDCCH. The
dynamic SDCCH function of
the cell is not really enabled if
the cell parameter "Enable
dynamic config SDCCH" is not
enabled at the same time. The
SD switching method is a kind
of triggering method. It is
suggested that this function
should be enabled for LAC
border areas, rural areas, and
high-speed railways. In this
way, the congestion rate of SD
channels can be reduced and
the success rate of call
establishment can be
improved.

30 30 30 30 30 30
It works when Dynamic config
SDCCH is enabled. The
configuration of this parameter
should not be too big, and the
recommended value is 10-40.
3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
The default value is
recommended.
1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
The default value is
recommended.
1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
The default value is
recommended.
10 10 10 10 10 10
The default value is
recommended.
10 10 10 10 10 10
The default value is
recommended.
1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
The default value is
recommended.
4 4 4 4 4 4
The configuration of this
parameter should not be too
small. It is reasonable if the
default value is 4.
6 6 6 6 6 6
If the TCH traffic is busy, the
configuration of this value
should be small.
2 2 2 2 2 2
It is suggested that the default
value should be adopted
except some special occasion
(poor network maintenance
quality) .
Remarks CN Side
Indicators
Throughput
Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter
Coverage
Rate
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
User label - User label Character string with the maximum length of 40
According
to the
planning
value of
the
parameter
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
BSC ID - BSC ID
According
to the
planning
value of
the
parameter
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
SITE ID SiteID SITE ID -
According
to the
planning
value of
the
parameter
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
BTS ID BtsID Serial number of this cell. Jan. 6th Sorted by practice
According
to the
planning
value of
the
parameter
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
Cell Type CellType
The type of this cell.
If you need configure S8001 cell, "micro-
micro
cell" shall be selected for "cell type".
Umbrella cell,
Macro Cell,
Micro Cell,
Micro-micro
Cell, Extended
Cell
Macro Cell
According
to the
planning
value of
the
parameter
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
MCC MCC
Mobile Country Code (MCC) is used to
uniquely identify
the home country of the mobile users
(or system) ,
assigned internationally, China is 460.
Based on "Mobile country code" in BSC function parameters. Based on "Mobile country code" in BSC function parameters.
According
to the
planning
value of
the
parameter
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
MNC MNC
Mobile Network Code (MNC) uniquely
identifies a specific
PLMN network in a country (decided by
MCC) .
For instance, 07 is PLMN network of
China Mobile.
Based on "Mobile network code (MNC) " in BSC global resource parameters. Based on "Mobile network code (MNC) " in BSC global resource parameters.
According
to the
planning
value of
the
parameter
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
LAC LAC
Each GSM PLMN is divided into many
location areas
(LAs) in order to determine the MS
location, the location
area code identifies the different
location areas.
LAC comes under LAI (LAI = MCC +
MNC + LAC) .
One location area contains multiple cells.
1 - 65535 1
According
to the
planning
value of
the
parameter
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
CI CI
In order to distinguish each cell in GSM
PLMN
uniquely, the network operators allocate
a unique
code for each cell in a location area.
0 - 65535 0
According
to the
planning
value of
the
parameter
Value Range &
Unit
Default
Value in
OMCR
Recomme
nded
Value for
Network
Optimizati
on
Category
Parameter
Name
Parameter
Code
Definition
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
NCC NCC
NCC is one of the composition parts of
Base Station
ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC)
. which is used
to enable the MS to distinguish adjacent
and different
GSM PLMN cells. Normally, adjacent
operators
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 0
According
to the
planning
value of
the
parameter
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
BCC BCC
BCC is one of the composition parts of
Base Station
ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC)
. Normally, BCC
is used to enable MS to distinguish
adjacent cells with
the same BCCH carrier frequency and
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 0
According
to the
planning
value of
the
parameter
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
Frequency
Band
FreqBand
The frequency band types for GSM
operation.
When the
value of
DCS1800/PCS1
900 supported
(FuncExt) is
DCS1800, it
value range is
GSM900,
EXT900,
DCS1800,
GSM850;
When the
value of
DCS1800/PCS1
900 supported
(FuncExt) is
PCS1900, it
value range is
GSM900,
EXT900,
PCS1900,
GSM850;
GSM900
According
to the
planning
value of
the
parameter
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
ARFCN list CaArfcnList The radio frequency set.
ARFCN set, the
value range of
each ARFCN is
the
same as
BCCH. Based
on frequency
setting at
subsequent
BTS, the
system
automatically
fills it in this
box.
None
According
to the
planning
value of
the
parameter
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
Common
control
channel
configuratio
n
CcchConf
Common control channel configuration
is one of
the system control parameters. In GSM
system,
CCCH includes Access Grant Channel
(AGCH)
and Paging Channel (PCH) . It is used
to send
access granting (that is instant
assignment)
CCCH uses
one physical
channel, not
combined with
SDCCH;
CCCH uses
one physical
channel,
combined
with SDCCH;
CCCH
uses one
physical
channel,
not
combined
with
SDCCH
CCCH
uses one
physical
channel,
not
combined
with
SDCCH
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
Blocks for
PAGCH in
Frames
BsAgBlkRes
The number of blocks used for AGCH in
51-Multi-
Frame. It is recommended that this
value of the cells
in the same local area is identical.
0-7 2 0
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
SGSN ID SGSNID
SGSN serial number assigned by
internal BSC, which
is assigned while user creates SGSN.
This serial number
can't be modified and can be deleted
after creation.
Jan. 16th Depends on the actual configuration.
according
to the
planning
value of
the
parameter
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
NSEI NSEI
In GPRS protocol stack, every unique
BSSGP Virtual
Connection (BVC) that is NSEI+BVCI
for each
GPRS cell belongs to Network Service
Entity (NSE) .
NSEI uniquely identifies every NSE.
Generally, one
BSC is divided into one service entity. In
0 - 65535 Depends on the NSE configuration at Gb interface
according
to the
planning
value of
the
parameter
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
BVCI BVCI
BSSGP Virtual Connection (BVC)
provides an
approach for communication between
different
BSSGP entities. The peer-to-peer Point-
to-Point
(PTP) or Point-to-Multipoint (PTM) or
inter-signaling
entity transmission of BSSGP PDUs lies
2 - 65535 2
according
to the
planning
value of
the
parameter
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
RAC RAC
RAC is a composition part of Routing
Area
Identity (RAI) . RAI defines the GPRS
serving
cell identification. GPRS system divides
the
location area (LAs) to several routing
areas (RAs)
using RAI (MCC+MNC+LAC+RAC) . In
0 - 255 0
according
to the
planning
value of
the
parameter
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
UPU Unit UpuUnit
It corresponds with the board position in
physical
configuration
Depends on the actual configuration Depends on the actual configuration.
according
to the
planning
value of
the
parameter
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
DSP ID DSP
This parameter depends on physical
configured DSP,
if all DSPs are configured, DSP number
is within range
of 9-22, otherwise it is configured DSP
number.
Determined by
user configured
DSP quantity.
If all DSPs on
UPPB are
configured, DSP
number shall be
within 9-22,
otherwise it
shall be
Minimum DSP number configured by user
according
to the
planning
value of
the
parameter
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
RACOLOR RaColor
Parameter used at the MS side. It is
broadcast to
the MS in SI3, SI4, SI7 and SI8.
RaColor is similar
to the BCC function in the GSM system.
In some
cases, such as inter-BSC cell
reselection, the GPRS
network assigns different RaColor
values to adjacent
cells with the same route area code to
ensure that
MS can initiate the 'Routing Area
Updating process.
In this way, when MS receives different
RaColor
values in the cells with the same routing
area code,
it initiates the 'Routing Area Updating
process
similar as when it spans two different
routing areas.
0 - 7 0 0
900M 1800M
Co-
BCCH
900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
Dense Urban/Urban Rural
Express
Way/High-speed
Railway
Wide Coverage
Indoor
Coverage/Tunnel
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -
CCCH
uses
one
physical
channel,
not
combine
d with
SDCCH
CCCH
uses
one
physical
channel,
not
combine
d with
SDCCH
CCCH
uses
one
physical
channel,
not
combine
d with
SDCCH
CCCH
uses
one
physical
channel,
not
combine
d with
SDCCH
CCCH
uses
one
physical
channel,
not
combine
d with
SDCCH
CCCH
uses
one
physical
channel,
not
combine
d with
SDCCH
CCCH
uses
one
physical
channel,
not
combine
d with
SDCCH
CCCH
uses
one
physical
channel,
not
combine
d with
SDCCH
CCCH
uses
one
physical
channel,
not
combine
d with
SDCCH
CCCH
uses
one
physical
channel,
not
combine
d with
SDCCH
CCCH
uses
one
physical
channel,
not
combined
with
SDCCH
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
According to the planning value of the parameter
According to the planning value of the parameter
According to the planning value of the parameter
According to the planning value of the parameter
According to the planning value of the parameter
According to the planning value of the parameter
According to the planning value of the parameter
according to the planning value of the parameter
according to the planning value of the parameter
Accessibil
ity
Mobility Reliability
Throughp
ut
Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter
Coverage
Rate
Values
Fill in the parameter according to the planning value
of the ground parameter. Try to avoid co-channel
and co-BSIC between neighbor cells. Mistakes of
BISC planning or configuration may lead to large
number of handover failures and call drops.

Fill in the parameter according to the planning value
of the ground parameter. Try to avoid co-channel
and co-BSIC between neighbor cells. Mistakes of
BISC planning or configuration may lead to large
number of handover failures and call drops.

according to the planning value of the ground
parameter
according to the planning value of the ground
parameter
The common configuration adopts one physical
channel, not combined with SDCCH. Under the
configuration of CCCH and SDCCH, the capacity of
CCCH is small, which may result in overflow in the
case of large numbers of pagings and thus cause
SDCCH congestion and decrease in paging
success rate.

In ZTE system AGCH may seize PCH, so we


recommend to set this parameter with 0 to improve
PCH usage rate. However, according to protocol
regulations, AGBLK cannot be set with 0 in the
following situations: 1. System information 7 and 8
are enabled; 2. Short message broadcast function
is enabled in cells without BCCH and SDCCH/4
combination.
according to the planning value of the ground
parameter
according to the planning value of the ground
parameter
Uniqueness of this parameter must be maintained.
Any mistake in the configuration may lead to the
unavailability of PS service.

This parameter must remain in consistent with the


routing data at SGSN side. Wrong setting may lead
to RAU failure.

For 100M bit Ethernet platform: with 14 DSP built


in; each DSP maximally processes 20 cells and
160 Abis timeslots of 16kbps; For Gigabit Ethernet
platform: with 15 SDP built in; each DSp maximally
processes 20 cells and 400 Abis timeslots of
16kbps. //UPPB-DSP congestion may cause
deterioration in TBF establishment success rate
and PCU congestion rate.

For 100M bit Ethernet platform: with 14 DSP built


in; each DSP maximally processes 20 cells and
160 Abis timeslots of 16kbps; For Gigabit Ethernet
platform: with 15 SDP built in; each DSp maximally
processes 20 cells and 400 Abis timeslots of
16kbps. //UPPB-DSP congestion may cause
deterioration in TBF establishment success rate
and PCU congestion rate.

RAC and LAC shall remain in consistent with each


other. The reference value for this parameter is 0.
The Racolor code will be sent in SI3 to MS which
will remind MS that it has be near to the RAC
border (RACOLOR is in SI3 and SI3 will indicate
the position of SI13. When the SI13 is received, the
RAC will be known finally.) Thus, the reasonable
RACOLOR planning will make the GPRS Route
Area update more smoothly.
Remarks CN Side
Indicators
Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter

900M
1800
M
Co-
BCCH
900M
Power
Control
Related
Uplink
power
control
allowed
PwrControl
Ul
This parameter
determines to enable or
disable MS
uplink power control in
the cell. This power
control is
only effective to TCH/F.
Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Power
Control
Related
Downlink
power
control
allowed
PwrControl
Dl
This parameter
determines if to enable
or disable BTS
downlink power control
in the cell.
Yes/No No No Yes Yes Yes No
Power
Control
Related
PC
increasing
step
PWRINCS
TEP
It describes increase
step, the value of each
power
control variation. It
applies to both uplink
and downlink
directions.
Power
increase
step can
be divided
into four
kinds: FR,
HR, AMR
It can
be
divide
d into
four
kinds:
FR,
2
2010-
2-4
2010-
2-4
2010-2-
4
2010-
2-4
Power
Control
Related
PC
decreasing
step
PWRRED
STEP
It describes decrease
step, the value of each
power
control variation. It
applies to both uplink
and downlink
directions.
2/4, db 2 2 2 s 2 2
Power
Control
Related
MAX
power
level of MS
MSTXPWR
MAX
During the
communication
between MS and
BTS, the transmission
power is controlled by
the
network. The network
MAX
power level
of MS can
be divided
into four
kinds: FR,
HR, AMR
It can
be
divide
d into
four
kinds:
FR,
900M:
5
1800M
: 0
5 0
900M: 5
1800M:
0
5
Power
Control
Related
MIN power
level of MS
MSTXPWR
MIN
During the
communication
between MS and
BTS, the transmission
power is controlled by
the
network. The network
MIN power
level of MS
can be
divided into
four
kinds: FR,
HR, AMR
It can
be
divide
d into
four
kinds:
FR,
900M:
16
1800M
: 15
16 12 16
Power
Control
Related
MIN power
level of
BTS
BSTXPWR
MIN
This parameter controls
the transmission power
during
communication
between MS and BTS.
SACCH carries
the command with 2
MIN power
level of BS
can be
divided into
four
kinds: FR,
HR, AMR
It can
be
divide
d into
four
kinds:
FR,
11 11 11 11 11
Power
Control
Related
MIN
interval of
power
control
PCMININT
ERVAL
This parameter
specifies the minimum
interval of
power control. Usually,
MS still sends two
measurement
reports with the original
MIN
interval of
power
control can
be divided
into
four kinds:
It can
be
divide
d into
four
kinds:
FR,
2 2 2 2 2
Category
Parameter
Name
Parameter
Code
Definition
Value
Range &
Unit
Defaul
t
Value
in
OMCR
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
Rural Dense Urban/Urban
Reco
mmen
ded
Value
for
Netwo
Power
Control
Related
Downlink
rapid
power
control
indication
DIRapidPcI
nd
This parameter
determines the
availability of
the rapid power control
process. Rapid power
control process is an
option of BSC. Rapid
Yes/No No No No No No No
Power
Control
Related
Uplink
rapid
power
control
indication
UIRapidPcI
nd
This parameter
determines the
availability of
the rapid power control
process. Rapid power
control process is an
option of BSC. Rapid
Yes/No No No No No No No
Power
Control
Related
Power
control
PwrDecrLi
mit
PwrDecrLi
mit
This parameter is set
for preventing MS from
call
drop due to fast power
control. It corresponds
to
different quality level.
0-38, db
[24,
22,
20,
18,
16,
14,
12, 10]
[24,
22,
20, 0,
0, 0,
0, 0]
[24,
22,
20,
0, 0,
0, 0,
0]
[24,
22,
20,
0, 0,
0, 0,
0]
[24, 22,
20, 0,
0, 0, 0,
0]
[24,
22,
20,
0, 0,
0, 0,
0]
Power
Control
Related
Report
period of
measurem
ent for
power
control
PwrCtrlRep
ortPrd
Power control is
performed at BTS side
and BSC implements
relevant performance
statistics. BTS uses
this parameter to
decide the periodicity to
1-254 240 240 240 240 240 240
Power
Control
Related
Uplink
power level
PcUlLevWi
ndow
In GSM system, BSC
determines if to perform
power control
according to
measurement data.
BSC uses the average
value of measurement
data to avoid adverse
influences caused by
abrupt changes in
measurement data due
to
1/31/2010 6 2 2 2 2 2
Power
Control
Related
Uplink
level
Weight
PcUlLevW
eight
Speech data is
unavailable for silent
period during
conversation. GSM
specifications
recommend
Discontinuous
1/3/2010 2 2 2 2 2 2
Power
Control
Related
Downlink
power level
PcdlLevWi
ndow
In GSM system, BSC
determines if to perform
power control
according to
measurement data.
BSC uses the average
value of measurement
1/31/2010 6 2 2 2 2 2
Power
Control
Related
Downlink
level
Weight
PcdlLevWeight
Description: According
to GSM Specifications,
discontinuous
transmission (DTX)
refers to the
process in which the
system does not
1/3/2010 2 2 2 2 2 2
Power
Control
Related
Uplink
quality
level
PcUlIQual
Window
In GSM system, BSC
determines if to perform
power control
according to
measurement data.
BSC uses the average
value of measurement
1/31/2010 6 2 2 2 2 2
Power
Control
Related
Uplink
quality
Weight
PcUlIQual
Weight
Description: According
to GSM Specifications,
discontinuous
transmission (DTX)
refers to the
process in which the
system does not
1/3/2010 2 2 2 2 2 2
Power
Control
Related
Downlink
quality
level
PcDlQual
Window
In GSM system, BSC
determines if to perform
power control
according to
measurement data.
BSC uses the average
value of measurement
1/31/2010 6 2 2 2 2 2
Power
Control
Related
Downlink
quality
Weight
PcDlIQual
Weight
According to GSM
Specifications,
discontinuous
transmission (DTX)
refers to the
process in which the
system does not
1/3/2010 2 2 2 2 2 2
Power
Control
Related
Fast
average
indication
FastAvg
Network may not
perform handover or
power
control if less
measurement data is
available during
call process. The
average calculating
process for
these processes is
enabled only when the
Yes/No No No No No No No
Power
Control
Related
Increase
uplink
level
Threshold
PCULINCL
LEVTHSTh
s
According to GSM
specifications, power
control decisions
depend upon received
average value series
of uplink signal
strength. The decision
process is as
follows: For the latest
0 - 63 (0:
<-110dBm;
1: -
110dBm--
109dBm;
......62: -
49dBm--
48dBm;
63: >-
22 22-30 22-30 22-30 22-30 22-30
Power
Control
Related
Increase
uplink
level Value
P
PCULINCL
LEVTHSP
According to GSM
specifications, power
control decisions
depend upon received
average value series
of uplink signal
strength. The decision
1/31/2010 3 2 2 2 2 2
Power
Control
Related
Increase
uplink
level Value
N
PCULINCL
LEVTHSN
According to GSM
specifications, power
control decisions
depend upon received
average value series
of uplink signal
strength. The decision
1/31/2010 4 3 3 3 3 3
Power
Control
Related
Decrease
uplink
level
Threshold
PCULRED
LEVTHSTh
s
According to GSM
specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon
received average value
series of uplink signal
strength.
0 - 63 (0:
<-110dBm;
1: -
110dBm--
109dBm;
......62: -
49dBm--
30 30-36 30-36 30-36 30-36 30-36
Power
Control
Related
Decrease
uplink
level Value
P
PCULRED
LEVTHSP
According to GSM
specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon
received average value
series of uplink signal
strength.
1/31/2010 3 2 2 2 2 2
Power
Control
Related
Decrease
uplink
level Value
N
PCULRED
LEVTHSN
According to GSM
specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon
received average value
series of uplink signal
strength.
1/31/2010 4 3 3 3 3 3
Power
Control
Related
Increase
downlink
level
Threshold
PcDlInclLevThs
According to GSM
specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon
received average value
series of uplink signal
strength.
The decision process is
as follows: For the
0 - 63 (0:
<-110dBm;
1: -
110dBm--
109dBm;
......62: -
49dBm--
48dBm;
63: >-
26 30-35 30-35 30-35 30-35 30-35
Power
Control
Related
Increase
downlink
level Value
P
PCDLINCL
LEVTHSP
According to GSM
specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon
received average value
series of uplink signal
strength.
The decision process is
1/31/2010 3 2 2 2 2 2
Power
Control
Related
Increase
downlink
level Value
N
PCDLINCL
LEVTHSN
According to GSM
specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon
received average value
series of uplink signal
strength.
1/31/2010 4 3 3 3 3 3
Power
Control
Related
Decrease
downlink
level
Threshold
PCDLRED
LEVTHSTh
s
According to GSM
specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon
received average value
series of uplink signal
strength.
0 - 63 (0:
<-110dBm;
1: -
110dBm--
109dBm;
......62: -
49dBm--
34 35-40 35-40 35-40 35-40 35-40
Power
Control
Related
Decrease
downlink
level Value
P
PCDLRED
LEVTHSP
According to GSM
specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon
received average value
series of uplink signal
strength.
1/31/2010 3 2 2 2 2 2
Power
Control
Related
Decrease
downlink
level Value
N
PCDLRED
LEVTHSN
According to GSM
specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon
received average value
series of uplink signal
strength.
1/31/2010 4 3 3 3 3 3
Power
Control
Related
Increase
uplink
quality
Threshold
PCULINCL
QUALTHS
Ths
According to GSM
specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon
received average value
series of uplink signal
strength.
0-7 (>) 2 1 1 1 1 1
Power
Control
Related
Increase
uplink
quality
Value P
PCULINCL
QUALTHS
P
According to GSM
specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon
received average value
series of uplink signal
strength.
1/31/2010 3 2 2 2 2 2
Power
Control
Related
Increase
uplink
quality
Value N
PCULINCL
QUALTHS
N
According to GSM
specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon
received average value
series of uplink signal
strength.
1/31/2010 4 2 2 2 2 2
Power
Control
Related
Decrease
uplink
quality
Threshold
PCULRED
QUALTHS
Ths
According to GSM
specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon
received average value
series of uplink signal
strength.
0-7 (<) 1 1 1 1 1 1
Power
Control
Related
Decrease
uplink
quality
Value P
PCULRED
QUALTHS
P
According to GSM
specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon
received average value
series of uplink signal
strength.
1/31/2010 3 2 2 2 2 2
Power
Control
Related
Decrease
uplink
quality
Value N
PCULRED
QUALTHS
N
According to GSM
specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon
received average value
series of uplink signal
strength.
1/31/2010 4 2 2 2 2 2
Power
Control
Related
Increase
downlink
quality
Threshold
PCDLINCL
QUALTHS
Ths
According to GSM
specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon
received average value
series of uplink signal
strength.
0-7 (<) 2 1 1 1 1 1
Power
Control
Related
Increase
downlink
quality
Value P
PCDLINCL
QUALTHS
P
According to GSM
specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon
received average value
series of uplink signal
strength.
1/31/2010 3 2 2 2 2 2
Power
Control
Related
Increase
downlink
quality
Value N
PCDLINCL
QUALTHS
N
According to GSM
specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon
received average value
series of uplink signal
strength.
1/31/2010 4 2 2 2 2 2
Power
Control
Related
Decrease
downlink
quality
Threshold
PCDLRED
QUALTHS
Ths
According to GSM
specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon
received average value
series of uplink signal
strength.
0-7 (>) 0 1 1 1 1 1
Power
Control
Related
Decrease
downlink
quality
Value P
PCDLRED
QUALTHS
P
According to GSM
specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon
received average value
series of uplink signal
strength.
1/31/2010 3 2 2 2 2 2
Power
Control
Related
Decrease
downlink
quality
Value N
PCDLRED
QUALTHS
N
According to GSM
specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon
received average value
series of uplink signal
strength.
1/31/2010 4 2 2 2 2 2
1800
M
900M
1800
M
900M
1800
M
900M
1800
M
Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes
It's suggested that this parameter be enabled in the
scenarios except for high speed railway and highway.
Setting a reasonable power control threshold helps to
reduce uplink interference and MS transmission power,
and thus to improve RQ rate and reduce call drops.
No No No No No Yes Yes
It's suggested that this parameter be enabled in
common urban and dense urban areas, in order to
reduce downlink interference and BTS power
consumption. Setting a reasonable power control
threshold helps to reduce downlink interference and MS
transmission power, and thus to improve RQ rate and
reduce call drops.
2010-
2-4
2010-
2-4
2010-
2-4
2010-
2-4
2010-
2-4
2010-
2-4
2010-
2-4
If rapid power control is not enabled, we may consider
to enlarge the power increase step to 4 dB, in order to
avoid poor speech quality and call drops due to slow
power increase.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 It's suggested that default value be maintained.
0 5 0 5 0 5 0
Note: For 900M network, the parameter should be set
5; for 1800M network, 0.
12 16 12 16 12 16 12
The downward modulation of MS power and BS power
should match with each other. For 900M network, the
modulation can be 11 (22dB).
11 11 11 11 11 11 11
The downward modulation of MS power and BS power
should match with each other. For 900M network, the
modulation can be 11 (22dB).
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 It's suggested that default value be adopted.
Values
Wide
Coverage
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
Rural
Indoor
Coverage/T
unnel
Express
Way/High-
speed
Accessibil
ity
Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter
No No No No No No No It's not recommended to enable the rapid power control.
No No No No No No No It's not recommended to enable the rapid power control.
[24,
22,
20,
0, 0,
0, 0,
0]
[24,
22,
20,
0, 0,
0, 0,
0]
[24,
22,
20,
0, 0,
0, 0,
0]
[24,
22,
20,
0, 0,
0, 0,
0]
[24,
22,
20,
0, 0,
0, 0,
0]
[24,
22,
20,
0, 0,
0, 0,
0]
[24,
22,
20,
0, 0,
0, 0,
0]
The power decrease limit for quality level 0, 1, 2 should
be set comparatively larger, in order to achieve fast
adjustment of power. For quality level 3-7, the power
cannot be adjusted downward.
240 240 240 240 240 240 240
It's suggested that the default value of this parameter be
adopted, since it has little effect on power control.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
It is the average window size for the measurement
reports of power control. The smaller the parameter is
set, the fewer samples are needed and the more
sensitive power control becomes, which helps to
improve RQ quality and reduce call drops.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 It's suggested that default value be maintained.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
It is the average window size for the measurement
reports of power control. The smaller the parameter is
set, the fewer samples are needed and the more
sensitive power control becomes, which helps to
improve RQ quality and reduce call drops.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 It's suggested that default value be maintained.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
It is the average window size for the measurement
reports of power control. The smaller the parameter is
set, the fewer samples are needed and the more
sensitive power control becomes, which helps to
improve RQ quality and reduce call drops.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 It's suggested that default value be maintained.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
It is the average window size for the measurement
reports of power control. The smaller the parameter is
set, the fewer samples are needed and the more
sensitive power control becomes, which helps to
improve RQ quality and reduce call drops.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 It's suggested that default value be maintained.
No No No No No No No
In the equipment of the current version, power control in
non-stable state is already fast enough. The fast
average function is almost invalid.
22-30 22-30 22-30 22-30 22-30 22-30 22-30
It is the lower limit of level in uplink power control. The
default value (-88dBm) in system is small, which may
lead to poor speech quality due to low power. Set the
parameter according to the actual coverage situation in
the field.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
The smaller N and P are set, the more sensitive power
increase becomes. To properly reduce N and P helps
improve speech quality. It's not proper to set N and P
with large values.
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
The smaller N and P are set, the more sensitive power
increase becomes. To properly reduce N and P helps
improve speech quality. It's not proper to set N and P
with large values.
30-36 30-36 30-36 30-36 30-36 30-36 30-36
It is the upper limit of level in uplink power control. It is
usually higher than the lower limit by 6-10dB. Set the
parameter according to the actual coverage situation in
the field.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
The smaller N and P are set, the more sensitive power
decrease becomes. To properly reduce N and P helps
improve speech quality.
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
The smaller N and P are set, the more sensitive power
decrease becomes. To properly reduce N and P helps
improve speech quality.
30-35 30-35 30-35 30-35 30-35 30-35 30-35
It is the lower limit of level in downlink power control.
Set the parameter according to the actual coverage
situation in the field. This threshold shall be set larger
than the evaluation criterion of coverage rate. For
scenarios with specific requirements of downlink
coverage rate (eg. -80dBm), this parameter shall not be
set too high, in order to avoid influence on the indicators
of coverage rate. If the threshold is set too low, the
downlink DT coverage rate may be lowered.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
The smaller N and P are set, the more sensitive power
increase becomes. To properly reduce N and P helps
improve speech quality. N and P shall not be set too
large. They may be set with 1, 1 when radio
environment is complicated.
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
The smaller N and P are set, the more sensitive power
increase becomes. To properly reduce N and P helps
improve speech quality. N and P shall not be set too
large. They may be set with 1, 1 when radio
environment is complicated.
35-40 35-40 35-40 35-40 35-40 35-40 35-40
It is the upper limit of level in downlink power control. It
is usually higher than the lower limit by 6-10dB. Set the
parameter according to the actual coverage situation in
the field.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
The smaller N and P are set, the more sensitive power
decrease becomes. To properly reduce N and P helps
improve speech quality.
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
The smaller N and P are set, the more sensitive power
increase becomes. To properly reduce N and P helps
improve speech quality. N and P shall not be set too
large.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
It means that power shall be increased when the quality
level is exceeded. Usually the default value is adopted.
For network in bad radio environment, we may set the
quality threshold with a low value (eg. 1), which helps to
increase the proportion of quality level 0.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
The smaller N and P are set, the more sensitive power
increase becomes, which helps to improve speech
quality. N and P shall not be set too large. They may be
set with 1, 1 when radio environment is complicated.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
The smaller N and P are set, the more sensitive power
increase becomes, which helps to improve speech
quality. N and P shall not be set too large. They may be
set with 1, 1 when radio environment is complicated.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
The current decision is "smaller than", so the parameter
shall be at least set with 1.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
The smaller N and P are set, the more sensitive power
decrease becomes. To properly reduce N and P helps
improve speech quality.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
The smaller N and P are set, the more sensitive power
decrease becomes. To properly reduce N and P helps
improve speech quality.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
It means that power shall be increased when the quality
level is exceeded. Usually the default value is adopted.
For network in bad radio environment, we may set the
quality threshold with a low value (eg. 1), which helps to
increase the proportion of quality level 0.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
The smaller N and P are set, the more sensitive power
increase becomes, which helps to improve speech
quality. N and P shall not be set too large. They may be
set with 1, 1 when radio environment is complicated.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
The smaller N and P are set, the more sensitive power
increase becomes, which helps to improve speech
quality. N and P shall not be set too large. They may be
set with 1, 1 when radio environment is complicated.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Value 0 is usually adopted for this parameter.
Adjustment of this parameter is not recommended.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
The smaller N and P are set, the more sensitive power
decrease becomes. To properly reduce N and P helps
improve speech quality.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
The smaller N and P are set, the more sensitive power
decrease becomes. To properly reduce N and P helps
improve speech quality.

Remarks
Mobility Reliability
Coverage
Rate
CN Side
Indicators
Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter
Throughp
ut

Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters


MIN power level for
handover access
RxLevMin
Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters
MIN threshold of signal
level for handover on
PBGT
HoMarginPbgt
Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters
Minimal Threshold of
RxLev HO
HoMarginRxLev
Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters
Minimal Threshold of
Quality Handover
HoMarginRxQual
Category Parameter Name Parameter Code
This parameter defines the minimum receiving
intensity level (on BCCH) required for MS to
handover to this cell. It is one of parameters to
0 ~ 63;0< -110 dBm,1-110 dBm ~ -109 dBm,2-109 dBm ~ -108 dBm,,62-49 dBm ~ -48 dBm,63> -48 dBm 15 15
According to GSM specifications, handover decisions depend upon
received average value of uplink and downlink signal strength. The
PBGT value of an adjacent cell is also one of the causes for
0 ~ 100(0: -24 dB;1: -23 dB;48: 24 dB;100:76dB) 30 28
According to GSM specifications, handover decisions depend upon
received average value of uplink and downlink signal strength. In
handover caused by the level, adjacent cells shall be screened and
0 ~ 48(0: -24 dB;1: -23 dB;48: 24 dB) 30 26
According to GSM specifications, handover decisions depend upon
received average value of uplink and downlink signal strength. In
handover caused by the quality, adjacent cells shall be screened and
0 ~ 48(0: -24 dB;1: -23 dB;48: 24 dB) 30 24
Default
Value in
OMCR
Recommended
Value for Network
Optimization
Description of Parameters
Value
Range &
Unit
900M
1800
M
Co-
BCCH
900M
1800
M
900M
1800
M
900M
1800
M
900M
1800
M
900-
>900:
15
1800-
>1800
:15
15 15 15 13 14 13 13 15 15
900-
>900:
28
1800-
>1800
:28
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26
24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
Rural
Indoor
Coverage/Tu
nnel
Express
Way/High-
speed
Railway
Dense Urban/Urban
Wide
Coverage
This parameter must be larger than the minimum access level of adjacent cells, and
must be larger than or equal to the downlink level handover threshold of adjacent
cells; if not, frequency handovers or reselection may be resulted. In actual

Setting the parameter with a large value makes it difficult to perform handover to the
target cell; setting the parameter with a small value makes it easy to perform
handover to the target cell. When the parameter is set with a value under 24

RxLev HO belongs to emergency handover, which needs to be set with a small
value (smaller than PBGT threshold) to ensure that handovers based on RxLev may
be triggered in time. If the parameter is set too small, it may result in pingpong

Quality Handover belongs to emergency handover, which needs to be set with a
small value (smaller than Threshold of RxLev) to ensure that handovers based on
RxQual may may be triggered in time; outgoing handover shall be encouraged when

Accessibil
ity
Mobility Reliability
Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter
Description of Values

Remarks Coverage
Rate
CN Side
Indicators
Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter
Throughp
ut
900M
HO Control Parameter Allow SDCCH handover HoControl0 This parameter determines if allow SDCCH handover. Yes/No No No No
HO Control Parameter Allow intra-cell handover due to uplink interference HoControl1 This parameter determines if allow inter-cell handoverattempt due to uplink interference. Yes/No Yes No No
HO Control Parameter Allow intra-cell handover due to downlink interference HoControl2 This parameter determines if to allow inter-cell handoverattempt due to downlink interference. Yes/No Yes No No
HO Control Parameter Allow handover due to distance HoControl3 This parameter determines if to allow handover dueto distance. Yes/No No No No
HO Control Parameter Allow standard PBGT handover HoControl4
This
parameter
determines
Yes/No Yes Yes Yes
HO Control Parameter Allow automatic handover based on trafficHoControl5 This parameter determines if to allow automatichandover based on traffic. Yes/No No No yes
HO Control Parameter Allow handover based on direction HoControl6
This
parameter
determines
Yes/No No No No
HO Control Parameter Allow handover based on homocentric circularity HoControl7 This parameter determines if to allow concentric handover. Yes/No No No No
HO Control Parameter Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due to downlink interference HoControl8 This parameter determines if to allow intra-cell handoverin super TRX channel due to downlink interference. Yes/No No No No
HO Control Parameter Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due to uplink interference HoControl9 This parameter determines if to allow intra-cell handoverin super TRX channel due to uplink interference. Yes/No No No No
HO Control Parameter Allow adjacent cells handover in super TRX channel due to PBGT HoControl10This parameter determines if to allow adjacent cellshandover in super TRX channel due to PBGT Yes/No No No No
HO Control Parameter Allow dynamic adjustment of handover priority HoControl11This parameter determines if to allow dynamic adjustment of handover priority. Yes/No No No Yes
HO Control Parameter Allow rapid handover HoControl12This parameter determines if to allow rapid handover. Yes/No No No No
HO Control Parameter Allow macro-micro delay handover HoControl13This parameter determines if to allow Macro-Microdelay handover. Yes/No No No Yes
HO Control Parameter Allow Micro-Macro delay handover HoControl14This parameter determines if to allow Micro-Micro delayhandover. Yes/No No No No
HO Control Parameter Allow internal handover based on TA HoControl15
This
parameter
determines
Yes/No No No No
HO Control Parameter Allow force transfer handover HoControl16This parameter determines if to allow forced transferhandover. Yes/No No No No
HO Control Parameter Allow quality handover in uplink HoControl19This parameter describes if uplink quality handoveris permitted. Yes/No No Yes Yes
HO Control Parameter Allow level handover in uplink HoControl20This parameter describes if uplink level handover ispermitted. Yes/No No No No
HO Control Parameter Allow quality handover in downlink HoControl21This parameter describes if downlink qualityhandover is permitted. Yes/No No Yes Yes
HO Control Parameter Allow level handover in downlink HoControl22This parameter describes if downlink level handoveris permitted. Yes/No No Yes Yes
HO Control Parameter Allow DL rapid handover HoControl23This parameter determines if to allow dwonlink rapid handover. Yes/No No No No
HO Control Parameter Prior layer selecting parameter on signal level/quality LayerPriority
This
parameter
decides
1~3 2 2 2
HO Control Parameter Multiband report indication MulbandReport MS in single-frequency GSM system needsonly to report contents of six adjacent cellswith the strongest signals in a frequencyband, when reporting the survey result ofadjacent cells to the network. In multi-band networking, MS can enter with priorityinto a specific frequency band during handover. The MS reports the survey result according to thesignal intensity and the frequency band of thesignals, according to the actual situation. Multiband report indication is used to notifyMS to report contents of adjacent cells inmultiple frequency bands. It is one of thesystem control parameters. The setting of this parameter is subject to trafficin each frequency band. General principles to set the parameters are as follows: 0: If the traffic ofeach frequency band is almost equivalent, and theoperator has no choice over the frequency band. 3: If the traffic of each frequency band is quitedifferent, and the operator hopes that MS entersa specific frequency band with priority. The values are as follows: 0: 0~3 3 3 3
HO Control Parameter Preprocessing indication Preprocess The survey report contains the large amount (message amount) of Abis interface information. Preprocess of the survey report can be transferred toBTS to reduce the burden of Abis interface link. Afterpreprocess, BTS averages the survey data of MS byits own, and reports to BSC in a lower frequency. Average reporting period can be two, three orfour SACCH multi-frames (480 ms). That is, thefrequency decreases from the original twice/sto once/2 s, so the message amount of Abisinterface decreases. However, the decrease ofmessage amount still depends on if the messagelength before preprocess is same as that afterpreprocess. One disadvantage of preprocess isthat the handover control and power control arenot in time, which increases the possibility ofdisconnection rate. This parameter determines ifto use preprocess and its period or not.The values are as follows: 0: Do not use preprocess2: Use preprocess; the average reportingperiod is 2 SACCH multi-frames3: Use preprocess; the average reportingperi 0~4, SACCH multiframe period 3 0 0
HO Control Parameter Number of zero allowed in AV ZeroAllowedBSS the measurement data of at most six adjacent cells with strongest signal strength. Thus themeasurement results might not be consecutive. Forcells whose signal strength is less than -110 dBm, the measurement data are not reported. To avoid the negative impact of 0 on averaging, suppose occasional 0 is allowed and is not used inaveraging, but excessive occurrences of 0 indicatethat the signals of this adjacent cell are too poor. If the number of zeroes in used for averagecalculation exceeds Number of zero allowed inAV, then measurement average equals to sum ofreported values divided by Neighboring cell .To be specific, during averaging, if the count of0s in the sampling count exceeds ZeroAllowed, these sampling values are hardly reliable, andthe measurement average will be the sum ofthe reported values divided by NCellWindow. Ifthe count of 0s in the reported values does not exceed ZeroAllowed, these sampling values are much reliable and the measurement averagewill be the sum of the reporte 0~31 1 1 1
HO Control Parameter MIN interval between inter-cell handover HoMinInterval This parameter specifies the interval value for whichMS waits before the actual inter-cell handoveroccurs. Such a timer is more predominant forMS at the boundary regions between two cells, where inter-cell handovers occur frequently. This parameter helps restrict frequent inter-cellhandover and guarantees call quality. Inter-cell handover takes place when the timerexceeds the defined interval value from thelast inter-cell handover of MS. This parameteraffects only the inter-cell handover, but not common intra-cell or inter-cell concentric handover. In addition, micro-cell has its own handoverpolicy, so this parameter is only effective formacro-cell layer and its above layer. By default, it can be set to 5 for macro cell. But formicro cell, this parameter only can be set to 0. 0~31, s 5 5 5
Default
Value in
OMCR
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
Dense Urban/Urban
Recom
mended
Value
for
Network

Categor
y
Parameter Name
Parameter
Code
Definition
Value
Range &
Unit
HO Control Parameter Penalty time for handover failure HoFailPenaltyTime
This
parameter
defines
1~255; MR reporting period (BTS-->BSC), if Preprocess=0, then 480ms for TCH, 470ms for SDCCH 7 12 12
HO Control Parameter Level offset during penalty PenaltyLevOffset This parameter is used to perform an offset on thedownlink level of this cell in the penalty period. 0~63,dB 15 15 15
HO Control Parameter Neighboring cell NCell In the GSM system, BSC makes handover decisionaccording to the measurement data. To avoidthe negative impact of burst measurement valuesresulting from complicated radio transmission, BSC, when making handover decision, no longer usesthe original measurement data but uses a seriesof average values of the measurement data. This parameter represents the window size (numberof sample values) used to calculate average valueof signal intensity for adjacent cells. 1~31 4 4 4
HO Control Parameter Interval of SDCCH re-sending phy info message T3105d It is the interval for resending the RIL3_RRPHYSICAL INFOMATION message during anasynchronous handover of SDCCH channel. Thistimer is one of the configuration parameters of BTS. Timer Start: It starts when network sends theRIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message. Timer Stop: It stops when the networkreceives a layer-2 frame that can be correctlydecoded or receives the HANDOVER FAILUREmessage from the former channel. Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime, RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION messagewill be redelivered. 1~67, 10ms 28 28 28
HO Control Parameter Interval of TCH re-sending PHY INFO message T3105f
It is the
interval for
resending
1~32, 10ms 10 5 5
HO Control Parameter MAX resending times for physical information Ny1 BTS sends RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATIONmessage to notify MS the advanced time valuethat is used during asynchronous handover processto be in accordance with GSM specifications. BTSstarts the T3105 timer after the RIL3_RR PHYSICALINFORMATION message is sent once. BTS resendsmessage RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION andrestart the T3105 timer if the timer stops and failsto decode the frames in second layer correctly(format A or format B) or TCH frames. MAX resending times for physical information decidesmaximum number of resending times for RIL3_RRPHYSICAL INFORMATION message. This parameteris one of the BTS configuration parameters. 5~35 20 20 20
HO Control Parameter Synchronization HoPatternInd1 TA of the destination cell is same as that of the sourcecell. Yes/No Yes Yes Yes
HO Control Parameter Synchronization HoPatternInd2 TA of the destination cell is unknown. Yes/No Yes Yes Yes
HO Control Parameter Pseudo-synchronization HoPatternInd3 MS is able to calculate TA of the destination cell. Yes/No No No No
HO Control Parameter Pre-synchronization HoPatternInd4 This parameter determines the TA available for BASK. Yes/No No No No
HO Control Parameter Difference of dynamic priority DynPrioOffset This parameter defines a tolerable dynamic prioritydifference between the destination cell and local cellduring a handover when using direction-based handoveralgorithm. During handover, if the first cellsdynamic handover priority is higher than that of thesecond cell but the second cell is in MS moving direction, then the direction-based handover algorithmworks if the difference between the two cells handoverpriorities is within the tolerable difference. MSis handover to the second cell. 1~7 1 1 1
HO Control Parameter Support maximum power on handover Command Info_3 It indicates if maximum power on handovercommand is supported. 0: no 1: yes 0 1 0
HO Control Parameter The priority of the handover from Macro cell to Micro cell MacroMicroHoPrio
It
describes
if the
0(No):
PBGT
handover
0 1 1
HO Control Parameter Handover back penalty HOBACKPENALTY None 0~60,s 5 8 8
1800M
Co-
BCCH
900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M
No No No No No No No No No No
As this function is not stable,
enabling it is not recommended.
In some scenes, enabling this
No No No No No No No No No No
For frequency-hopping network,
intra-cell handover should be
disabled in single-TRX cells;
No No No No No No No No No No
For frequency-hopping network,
intra-cell handover should be
disabled in single-TRX cells;
No No No No No No No No No No
This function applies mainly to
scenes with extended cells in wide
coverage. Handover due to distance
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Generally speaking, it is
recommended to enable PBGT
handover, except in some special
No No No No No No No No No No
In dense urban areas, it is
recommended to enable both Allow
automatic handover based on
No No No No No No No No No No
The algorithm for "Allow handover
based on direction" has not been
realized yet. This parameter has
No No No No No No No No No No
This algorithm has been realized in
CO-BCCH. CO-BCCH between co-
frequencies is concentric handover.
No No No No No No No No No No
This handover algorithm has been
realized in CO-BCCH, but the option
still works;
No No No No No No No No No No
This handover algorithm has been
realized in CO-BCCH, but the option
still works;
No No No No No No yes No No No
This handover algorithm has been
realized in CO-BCCH, but the option
still works;
Yes No No No No No No No No No
Dynamic adjustment of handover
priority during handover enhances
dynamic traffic balance.
No No No No Yes No No No No No
Handover due to uplink fast fading
applies mainly to fast fading due to
fast traveling speed, directionality, or
No No No No No No No No No No
Macro-micro handover is used
mainly to split traffic in double-layer
or multi-layer network, and is
No No No No No No No No No No
This algorithm has not been realized
yet.
No No No No No No yes No No No
This parameter has been deleted in
OMCR.
No No No No No No No No No No
This parameter is used mainly to
balance traffic between co-site dual-
band networks in dense urban
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
It is recommended to enable uplink
quality handover in order to avoid
problems such as poor speech
No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No
It is recommended to disable uplink
level handover. But, uplink level
handover should be enabled in
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
It is recommended to enable
downlink quality handover to avoid
problems such as poor voice quality
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
It is recommended to enable
downlink level handover and avoid
problems such as poor voice quality
No No No No Yes Yes No No No No
This handover algorithm applies to
scenes with fast traveling speed,
especially to scenes with strip
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
This parameter is not enabled
temporarily. In system, the default
layer sequencing for level & quality
1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
In dual-band network, 900M cells
may be set in such a way that they
can report as many as (set as 3)
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
It is recommended to disable
"Preprocessing indication."
Setting a lower value will increase
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
This parameter affects the mean
value of MRs. It aims mainly to
eliminate the influence upon the
5 5 5 5 3 3 5 5 5 5
Higher value indicates longer
interval between two handovers,
and can avoid frequent handovers,
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
Rural
Indoor
Coverage/Tu
nnel
Express
Way/High-
speed
Dense Urban/Urban
Description of Values
Wide
Coverage
12 12 12 12 7 7 12 12 12 12
This parameter should be set
according to scenes and handover
preprocessing value (This value
15 15 15 15 10 10 15 15 15 15
System allows three successive
failures of handover into a target
cell. In the second and the third
4 4 4 4 2 2 4 4 4 4
Average window size;
Higher value indicates that average
window size is large, and that more
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
If the parameter is set a high value,
the interval for sending the
PHYSICAL INFORMATION
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
If the parameter is set a high value,
the interval for sending the
PHYSICAL INFORMATION
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
If this parameter is set a high value,
the number of times for resending
PHYSICAL INFORMATION
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Co-site handovers in different cells
belong to synchronous handover, in
which BTS does not need to send
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Inter-cell handovers between
different logical sites are
asynchronous handover and need
No No No No No No No No No No
MS is able to calculate the TA of the
target channel for inter-cell
handover between different logical
No No No No No No No No No No
BASK is able to calculate the TA of
the target channel for inter-cell
handover between different logical
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
When dynamic priority is disabled,
the dynamic priority difference
means static priority difference.
0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
This parameter is about power
optimization during handover
process, and is a cell level
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
0(No): PBGT handover takes
precedence;
1(Yes): macro-micro handover takes
8 8 8 8 5 5 8 8 8 8
This handover parameter is
applicable to all scenes. It should be
set lower on high-speed railways,










Remarks Accessibilit
y
Mobility Reliability
Coverage
Rate
CN Side
Indicators
Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter
Throughp
ut







900M 1800M
Co-
BCCH
GERAN external cell parameters User label - User label Character string with the maximum length of 40 -
According to
radio
parameters
planning
- - -
GERAN external cell parameters External cell ID - External cell number 1 ~ 65535 1
According to
radio
parameters
planning
- - -
GERAN external cell parameters Cell type CellType GERAN External Cell type Umbrella cell, Macro Cell, Micro Cell, Micro-micro Cell, Extended Cell Macro Cell Macro Cell Macro Cell Macro Cell Macro Cell
GERAN external cell parameters MCC MCC MCC consists of three digits of decimal number. Itis used to uniquely identify the home country of the mobile user (or system). 0 ~ 999 460
According to
radio
parameters
planning
- - -
GERAN external cell parameters MNC MNC MNC consists of three digits of decimal number. Ituniquely identifies a specific PLMN network in a country(determined by MCC). When MNC3Digits is selected as 2 digits, MNC value will be 0~99;When MNC3Digits is selected as 3 digits, MNC value will be 0~999. 0
According to
radio
parameters
planning
- - -
GERAN external cell parameters Frequency Band FreqBand The frequency band of the system When the value of DCS1800/PCS1900 supported (FuncExt) is DCS1800, it value range is GSM900, EXT900, DCS1800, GSM850;When the value of DCS1800/PCS1900 supported (FuncExt) is PCS1900, it value range is GSM900, EXT900, PCS1900, GSM850. GSM900
According to
radio
parameters
planning
- - -
GERAN external cell parameters BCCH frequency BcchArfcn ARFCN of the cell BCCH carrier When Frequency Band is GSM900, its value range is 1~124;When Frequency Band is EXT900, its value range is 0~124, 975~1023;When Frequency Band is PCS1900, its value range is 512~810;When Frequency Band is DCS1800, its value range is 512~885;When Frequency Band is GSM850, its value range is 128~251. 1
According to
radio
parameters
planning
- - -
GERAN external cell parameters LAC LAC Each GSM PLMN is divided into many location areas(LAs) in order to determine the MS location, the location area code identifies the different location areas.LAC comes under LAI (LAI = MCC + MNC + LAC).One location area contains multiple cells. 1 ~ 65535 1
According to
radio
parameters
planning
- - -
GERAN external cell parameters CI CI In order to distinguish each cell in GSM PLMNuniquely, the network operators allocate a uniquecode for each cell in a location area. 0 ~ 65535 0
According to
radio
parameters
planning
- - -
Default
Value in
OMCR
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
Dense Urban/Urban
Recommended
Value for
Network
Optimization
Category
Parameter
Name
Parameter
Code
Definition
Value Range
& Unit
GERAN external cell parameters NCC NCC NCC is one of the composition parts of Base Station ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC). which is used to enable the MS to distinguish adjacent and different GSM PLMN cells. Normally, adjacent operators shall have different NCCs. The parameter related to NCC is NccPermitted of the cell. By prohibiting MS to report related NCC in the cell, MS is prohibited to measure the cell information of the related operators.Actually, NCC occupies three bits. NCC is oneof the network identification parameters. 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 0
According to
radio
parameters
planning
- - -
GERAN external cell parameters BCC BCC BCC is one of the composition parts of Base Station ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC). Normally, BCC is used to enable MS to distinguish adjacent cells with the same BCCH carrier frequency and belonging to the same GSM PLMN. In addition, the GSM specifications stipulate that the TSC (Training Sequence Code) of the broadcast control channel of a cell shall be equal to the cell BCC. BCC occupies three bits BCC is one of the network identification parameters. 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 0
According to
radio
parameters
planning
- - -
GERAN external cell parameters GPRS service supported PsSupport Determine if the cell supports GPRS. Yes/No No
With NCCR
enabled,
adjacent cell
supports PS
service :
choose Yes;
With
NCCR
enable
d,
adjace
nt cell
With
NCCR
enable
d,
adjace
nt cell
With
NCCR
enable
d,
adjace
nt cell
GERAN external cell parameters Reselection offset ReselOffset_0 Parameter used at the MS side. It is broadcastedto MS via system message by BTS. In the GPRS system, C32 is used as the standard for cellreselection. C32 standard calculation, similar toC2 standard in GSM, contains a cell reselectionoffset parameter. When the offset represented bythis parameter is 0dB, it need not be indicatedin the packet system message.This parameter indicates the parameters usedduring reselection on idle status, which onlyfunctions while configuring PBCCH. 0 ~ 31,2dB 0 0 0 0 0
GERAN external cell parameters Reselection offset ReselOffset_1 Parameter used at the MS side. Inform MS onPACCH. In the GPRS system, C32 is used asthe standard for cell reselection. C32 standardcalculation, similar to C2 standard in GSM, contains a cell reselection offset parameter. When the offset represented by this parameter is 0dB, it need not be indicated in the packet system message.This parameter indicates the parameter usedduring reselection in transmission state. 0 ~ 31,2dB 0 0 0 0 0
GERAN external cell parameters Reselection temporary offset TempOffset_0 Parameter used at the MS side. It is broadcastedto MS via system message by BTS. In the GPRS system, C32 is used as the standard for cellreselection. There is a temporary offset in C32that provides a negative offset, similar to C2in GSM system. The effective time depends onPenalty Time of cell reselection.This parameter indicates the parameters usedduring reselection on idle status, which onlyfunctions while configuring PBCCH. 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, infinite,dB 0 0 0 0 0
GERAN external cell parameters Reselection temporary offset TempOffset_1 Parameter used at the MS side. Inform MS onPACCH. In the GPRS system, C32 is used as thestandard for cell reselection. There is a temporaryoffset in C32 that provides a negative offset,similar to C2 in GSM system. The effective timedepends on Penalty Time of cell reselection.This parameter indicates the parameter usedduring reselection in transmission state. 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, infinite,dB 0 0 0 0 0
GERAN external cell parameters Penalty time of cell reselection PenalTime_0Parameter used at the MS side. It is broadcastedto MS via system message by BTS. In the GPRS system, C32 is used as the standard for cellreselection. There is a temporary offset in C32that provides a negative offset, similar to C2in GSM system. The effective time depends onPenalty Time of cell reselection.This parameter indicates the parameters usedduring reselection on idle status, which onlyfunctions while configuring PBCCH. 0 ~ 31,10s 0 0 0 0 0
GERAN external cell parameters Penalty time of cell reselection PenalTime_1Parameter used at the MS side. Inform MS onPACCH. In the GPRS system, C32 is used as thestandard for cell reselection. There is a temporaryoffset in C32 that provides a negative offset,similar to C2 in GSM system. The effective timedepends on Penalty Time of cell reselection.This parameter indicates the parameter usedduring reselection in transmission state. 0 ~ 31,10s 0 0 0 0 0
GERAN external cell parameters HCS Exist HCS_EXIST_0 Parameter used at the MS side. This parameterbelongs to Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) andbroadcasted to MS via system message by BTS.PSI message indicates if the HSC exist (HCSpriority and Threshold of HSC signal level) existin the cell. If the local cell does not use HCS parameters, the HCS parameters of other cellswill also be ignored, that is, all the cells use theHCS signal strength threshold of infinity.This parameter indicates the parameters usedduring reselection on idle status, which onlyfunctions while configuring PBCCH. Yes/No No 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0
GERAN external cell parameters HCS Exist HCS_EXIST_1 Parameter used at the MS side. This parameterbelongs to Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) and beinformed to MS on PACCH. PSI message indicates if the HSC exist (HCS priority and Threshold of HSC signal level) exist in the cell. If the local cell does not use HCS parameters, the HCS parameters of other cells will also be ignored, that is, all the cells use the HCS signal strength threshold of infinity.This parameter indicates the parameter usedduring reselection in transmission state. Yes/No No 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0
GERAN external cell parameters Threshold of HSC signal level HCS_THR_0Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs toHCS parameter, which is broadcasted to MS viasystem message by BTS. It indicates the HCS signal strength threshold of the cell.This parameter indicates the parameters usedduring reselection on idle status, which onlyfunctions while configuring PBCCH. 0 ~ 31 0 0 0 0 0
GERAN external cell parameters Threshold of HSC signal level HCS_THR_1Parameter used at the MS side. It belongsto HCS parameter, which is informed toMS on PACCH. It indicates the HCS signalstrength threshold of the cell.This parameter indicates the parameter usedduring reselection in transmission state. 0 ~ 31 0 0 0 0 0
GERAN external cell parameters HCS PriorityPrioClass_0Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to HCS parameter, which is broadcasted to MS via systemmessage by BTS, indicating cell HCS priority.This parameter indicates the parameters usedduring reselection on idle status, which onlyfunctions while configuring PBCCH. 0 ~ 7 0 0 0 0 0
GERAN external cell parameters HCS PriorityPrioClass_1Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs toHCS parameter, which is informed to MS onPACCH, indicating cell HCS priority.This parameter indicates the parameter usedduring reselection in transmission state. 0 ~ 7 0 0 0 0 0
GERAN external cell parameters Allow SOLSA MS to access EXC_ACC System broadcasts this parameter to MS in SI4, SI6, and SI7 messages. In addition, the parameter information is available in PSI3 and Psi3bis messages of local and neighboring cells. The network uses Allow SOLSA MS to access to prevent MS from residing in the cell. Yes/No No 0 0 0 0
GERAN external cell parameters Cell Reselection Status CellBrAc2 Cell reselection status belongs to HCS, and the systembroadcasts to MS in PSI3 message. It indicatesthe cell reselection status. Yes/No No 0 0 0 0
GERAN external cell parameters LSA Mark LSA_ID System broadcasts the parameter to MS in SI4, SI6, SI7, and PSI3 messages of serving cell. In addition, system broadcasts the parameter information in PSI3 and Psi3bis messages of the neighboring cells. LSA ID specifies LSA identifier of the cell. 0 ~ 16777215 0 1 1 1 1
GERAN external cell parameters RAC RAC RAC is a composition part of Routing AreaIdentity (RAI). RAI defines the GPRS servingcell identification. GPRS system divides thelocation area (LAs) to several routing areas (RAs)using RAI (MCC+MNC+LAC+RAC). In MS cellreselection in the attach status, if the RAIs ofthe old and new cells change, the Routing AreaUpdate process will be initiated.SGSN knows the routing area information ofthe MS in the standby status. Then, when thenetwork has packet data or circuit data to transmit,it will page the MS in that routing area. RAIcannot span more than one SGSN. 0 ~ 255 0 12 12 12 12
GERAN external cell parameters GPRS access minimum signal level RxLevAsMin_0 MS uses GPRS access minimum signal level forGPRS system access in weak signal conditions.It is broadcasted to MS via system message byBTS. It indicates the minimum receiving level forthe MS to access the GPRS system.To prevent the MS from accessing the systemat a low receiving signal level (usually, the poorcommunication quality cannot guarantee normalcommunication process after accessing) andfrom unreasonably wasting the radio resourcesof the network, it is stipulated in the GSMsystem that the receiving level be greater thana threshold level for MS to access the network,that is, MS Min RxLev to Access.In addition, it is also one of the standards for MSto make the cell selection and the cell reselection(a parameter to calculate C31 and C32).This parameter indicates the parameters usedduring reselection on idle status, which onlyfunctions while configuring PBCCH. 0: < -110 dBm;1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;;62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;63: > -48 dBm 12 12 12 12 12
GERAN external cell parameters GPRS access minimum signal level RxLevAsMin_1 MS uses GPRS access minimum signal level forGPRS system access in weak signal conditions.This parameter is informed to MS on PACCH. Itindicates the minimum receiving level for theMS to access the GPRS system.To prevent the MS from accessing the systemat a low receiving signal level (usually, the poorcommunication quality cannot guarantee normalcommunication process after accessing) andfrom unreasonably wasting the radio resourcesof the network, it is stipulated in the GSMsystem that the receiving level be greater thana threshold level for MS to access the network,that is, MS Min RxLev to Access.In addition, it is also one of the standards for MSto make the cell selection and the cell reselection(a parameter to calculate C31 and C32).This parameter indicates the parameter usedduring reselection in transmission state. 0: < -110 dBm;1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;;62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;63: > -48 dBm 12 5 5 5 5
GERAN external cell parameters GPRS MAX initial access signal level MsTxMaxCCH_0 MS uses GPRS access minimum signal level forGPRS system access in weak signal conditions.It is broadcasted to MS via system message byBTS. The transmission power of MS is controlledby the network during its communications withBTS. The network controls the MS power bythe power command and the MS must use thetransmission power specified by the network as itsoutput power. If the MS cannot output that powervalue, it will use the power that is closest to thespecified value as its transmission power.This parameter is also a parameter for cellselection and reselection by MS, involved incalculation of C1 and C2 values.Refer to appendix C, for the maximum power before MS receives the power control information.The principle of setting this parameter is as follows:Under the precondition that the MS at the cellboundary is guaranteed with a certain accesssuccess rate, the MS access level should be reduced as much as possible. The value of this parameter is usually set as 5 (corresponding to GSM900MS) and 0 ~ 31 0 5 5 5 5
UTRAN external cell parameters User label - User label Character string with the maximum length of 40 -
According to
radio
parameters
planning
UTRAN external cell parameters External UTRAN ID EcUTRANIdSerial number of UTRAN external cell 1 ~ 65535 1
According to
radio
parameters
planning
UTRAN external cell parameters UTRAN cell type CellTypeUTRAN The type of this UTRAN cell FDD, TDD FDD
According to
radio
parameters
planning
UTRAN external cell parameters MCC MCC MCC consists of three digits of decimal number. Itis used to uniquely identify the home country of themobile user (or system). 0 ~ 999 460
According to
radio
parameters
planning
UTRAN external cell parameters MNC MNC MNC consists of three digits of decimal number. Ituniquely identifies a specific PLMN network in a country (determined by MCC). When MNC3Digits is selected as 2 digits, MNC value will be 0~99;When MNC3Digits is selected as 3 digits, MNC value will be 0~999. 0
According to
radio
parameters
planning
UTRAN external cell parameters UTRAN cell Frequency ArfcnUTRANUTRAN cell Frequency When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is FDD, value range is 9612 ~ 9888, 10562 ~ 10838;When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is TDD and "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidthUTRAN)" is 0 (3.84 Mcps), value range is 9262 ~ 9638, 9662 ~ 9938, 10062 ~ 10113;When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is TDD and "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidthUTRAN)" is 1 (1.28 Mcps), value range is 9254 ~ 9646, 9654 ~ 9946, 10054 ~ 10121; When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is FDD, default value is 9612;When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is TDD and "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidthUTRAN)" is 0 (3.84 Mcps), default value is 9262;When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is TDD and "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidthUTRAN)" is 1 (1.28 Mcps), default value is 9254;
According to
radio
parameters
planning
UTRAN external cell parameters LAC LAC Each GSM PLMN is divided into many location areas (LAs) in order to determine the MS location, the location area code identifies the different location areas.LAC comes under LAI (LAI = MCC + MNC + LAC).One location area contains multiple cells. 1 ~ 65535 1
According to
radio
parameters
planning
UTRAN external cell parameters RNC ID RNC_Id Each RNC has a unique number in the UTRAN network of PLMN to route corresponding UTRAN interface message correctly. 0 ~ 4095 0
According to
radio
parameters
planning
UTRAN external cell parameters C ID C_Id It identifies the UTRAN adjacent cell. 0 ~ 65535 0
According to
radio
parameters
planning
UTRAN external cell parameters Scrambling code or Cell Parameter ScCodeCellPara FDD: It is described in detail in protocol 3GPP TS25.213. The scrambling code is used todistinguish the carriers in UTRAN/FDD network.MS measure the main scrambling code of thedownlink CPICH channel in cell for handoveror cell reselection. The scrambling codesare divided into 0~511. There are one mainscrambling code and 15 auxiliary scramblingcodes in each group. 511 main scrambling codescould be divided into 64 scrambling code sets,and there are 8 scrabbling codes in each set.TDD: The parameters describing adjacent cell When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is FDD, this parameter represents FDD interference code, value range is 0 ~ 511;When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is TDD, this parameter represents TDD cell parameter, value range is 0 ~ 127. 0
According to
radio
parameters
planning
UTRAN external cell parameters TX diversity indication DiverSity It indicates if UTRAN adjacent cell uses diversitytransmission. Yes/No No No
UTRAN external cell parameters RAC RAC RAC is a composition part of Routing AreaIdentity (RAI). RAI defines the GPRS servingcell identification. GPRS system divides thelocation area (LAs) to several routing areas (RAs)using RAI (MCC+MNC+LAC+RAC). In MS cellreselection in the attach status, if the RAIs ofthe old and new cells change, the Routing AreaUpdate process will be initiated.SGSN knows the routing area information ofthe MS in the standby status. Then, when thenetwork has packet data or circuit data to transmit,it will page the MS in that routing area. RAIcannot span more than one SGSN. 0 ~ 255 0 0
UTRAN external cell parameters UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth BandWidthUTRAN When "UTRAN cell type" is TDD, this parameter occurs and can be configured, indicating the bandwidth of UTRAN adjacent cell. 1 (1.28Mcps), 0 (3.84Mcps) 1 (1.28Mcps)1 (1.28Mcps)
UTRAN external cell parameters Apply Sync Case / Apply TSTD SyncCaseTSTD It indicates if to apply SyncCase or TSTD When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is TDD and "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidthUTRAN)" is 1 (1.28 Mcps), the parameter indicates whether to apply TSTD, parameter value is "apply TSTD", value range is Yes, No;When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is TDD and "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidthUTRAN)" is 0 (3.84 Mcps), the parameter indicates whether to apply SyncCase, parameter value is "apply Sync Case", value range is Yes, No. No No
900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M
- - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -
Macro Cell Macro Cell Macro Cell Macro Cell Macro Cell Macro Cell Macro Cell Macro Cell
- - - - - - - -
The settings of external cell
parameters must be in
consistence with the actual cell
configurations. If not, problems
like incapable inter-BSC
handovers, handover failures
and call drops may be resulted.

- - - - - - - -
The settings of external cell
parameters must be in
consistence with the actual cell
configurations. If not, problems
like incapable inter-BSC
handovers, handover failures
and call drops may be resulted.

- - - - - - - -
The settings of external cell
parameters must be in
consistence with the actual cell
configurations. If not, problems
like incapable inter-BSC
handovers, handover failures
and call drops may be resulted.

- - - - - - - -
The settings of external cell
parameters must be in
consistence with the actual cell
configurations. If not, problems
like incapable inter-BSC
handovers, handover failures
and call drops may be resulted.

- - - - - - - -
The settings of external cell
parameters must be in
consistence with the actual cell
configurations. If not, problems
like incapable inter-BSC
handovers, handover failures
and call drops may be resulted.

- - - - - - - -
The settings of external cell
parameters must be in
consistence with the actual cell
configurations. If not, problems
like incapable inter-BSC
handovers, handover failures
and call drops may be resulted.

Recommended Value for Different Scenes


Rural
Indoor
Coverage/Tun
nel
Express
Way/High-
speed Railway
Accessibil
ity
Mobility
Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter
Values
Wide
Coverage
- - - - - - - -
The settings of external cell
parameters must be in
consistence with the actual cell
configurations. If not, problems
like incapable inter-BSC
handovers, handover failures
and call drops may be resulted.

- - - - - - - -
The settings of external cell
parameters must be in
consistence with the actual cell
configurations. If not, problems
like incapable inter-BSC
handovers, handover failures
and call drops may be resulted.

With
NCCR
enable
d,
adjace
nt cell
With
NCCR
enable
d,
adjace
nt cell
With
NCCR
enable
d,
adjace
nt cell
With
NCCR
enable
d,
adjace
nt cell
With
NCCR
enable
d,
adjace
nt cell
With
NCCR
enable
d,
adjace
nt cell
With
NCCR
enable
d,
adjace
nt cell
With
NCCR
enable
d,
adjace
nt cell
Adjacent cell supports PS
service: choose Yes;
Adjacent cell doesnot support
PS service:No;
With NCCR related, it's not used
currently.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Related to C31/C32, it's not
used currently. Maintain ZTE
default value.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Related to C31/C33, it's not
used currently. Maintain ZTE
default value.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Related to C31/C34, it's not
used currently. Maintain ZTE
default value.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Related to C31/C35, it's not
used currently. Maintain ZTE
default value.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Related to C31/C36, it's not
used currently. Maintain ZTE
default value.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Related to C31/C37, it's not
used currently. Maintain ZTE
default value.
0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0
Related to C31/C38, it's not
used currently. Maintain ZTE
default value.
0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0
Related to C31/C39, it's not
used currently. Maintain ZTE
default value.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Related to C31/C40, it's not
used currently. Maintain ZTE
default value.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Related to C31/C41, it's not
used currently. Maintain ZTE
default value.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Related to C31/C42, it's not
used currently. Maintain ZTE
default value.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Related to C31/C43, it's not
used currently. Maintain ZTE
default value.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Related to C31/C44, it's not
used currently. Maintain ZTE
default value.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Related to C31/C45, it's not
used currently. Maintain ZTE
default value.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Related to C31/C46, it's not
used currently. Maintain ZTE
default value.
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
Related to C31/C47, it's not
used currently. Maintain ZTE
default value.
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
Related to C31/C48, it's not
used currently. Maintain ZTE
default value.
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Related to C31/C49, it's not
used currently. Maintain ZTE
default value.
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Related to C31/C50, it's not
used currently. Maintain ZTE
default value.
The settings of external cell
parameters must be in
consistence with the actual cell
configurations.If not, 2-3G
reselection may fail.

The settings of external cell


parameters must be in
consistence with the actual cell
configurations.If not, 2-4G
reselection may fail.

The settings of external cell


parameters must be in
consistence with the actual cell
configurations.If not, 2-5G
reselection may fail.

The settings of external cell


parameters must be in
consistence with the actual cell
configurations.If not, 2-6G
reselection may fail.

The settings of external cell


parameters must be in
consistence with the actual cell
configurations.If not, 2-7G
reselection may fail.

The settings of external cell


parameters must be in
consistence with the actual cell
configurations.If not, 2-8G
reselection may fail.

The settings of external cell


parameters must be in
consistence with the actual cell
configurations.If not, 2-9G
reselection may fail.

The settings of external cell


parameters must be in
consistence with the actual cell
configurations.If not, 2-10G
reselection may fail.

The settings of external cell


parameters must be in
consistence with the actual cell
configurations.If not, 2-11G
reselection may fail.

The settings of external cell


parameters must be in
consistence with the actual cell
configurations.If not, 2-12G
reselection may fail.

Remarks
Reliability
Coverage
Rate
CN Side
Indicators
Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter
Throughp
ut

900M
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
TRX ID TrxId
TRX number in the
cell. According to GSM
specifications,one cell
1 ~ 60 Sort in order. - -
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
SubCell ID SubCellId
If two frequencies are
in a cell, it describes
which
When "Subcell Used (SubCellUsed)" is No, value range is the first subcell; When "Subcell Used (SubCellUsed)" is Yes, value range is the first and the second subcell. First Subcell First Subcell -
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
TRX Type TrxType
Common TRX is
suitable for common
cell. After
Common TRX, Expand TRX Common TRX Common TRX
Commo
n TRX
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
Assign
Priority of
the Trx
TrxPriority
This parameter
describes priorities for
allocating carriers
of the same type. 1
represents the highest
priority.
Select channels on
carriers with high
priority
when allocating
channels.
1 ~ 5 When "BCCH Carrier (IsBcchMark)" is No, default value is 3; When "BCCH Carrier (IsBcchMark)" is Yes, default value is 1;
900 cell:
BCCH Trx : 1
Non-BCCH
TRX without
fixed PDCH : 3
Non-BCCH
TRX with fixed
PDCH : 4
1800 cell:
BCCH Trx : 5
Non-BCCH
TRX without
BCCH
Trx : 1
Non-
BCCH
TRX
without
fixed
PDCH :
3
Non-
BCCH
TRX
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
BCCH
carrier
frequency
IsBcchMark
One and only one
BCCH carrier
frequency must be
configured in a cell.
Yes/No No
According to
the ground
planning
parameters
-
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
Static
power level
PwRreduction
This parameter
represents the static
power level of
transceiver. Usually a
static power control is
added
on the basis of TRX
transmission power
specified by
Max
output
power,
Max
output
power - 2
dB, Max
output
power - 4
Max output power
Max output
power
Max
output
power -
0~6 dB
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
Power level PowerClass
This parameter can
configure power level
of carrier,
which can convert this
value to actual power
value,
used to calculate path
loss and CI value in
measurement
report.
1 ~ 8 3 3 -
Category
Parameter
Name
Parameter
Code
Definition
Default Value
in OMCR
Recommende
d Value for
Network
Optimization
Dense Urban/Urban
Value
Range &
Unit
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
Support
Fhs
Support Fhs
This parameter
indicates if frequency-
hopping is
supported. When this
parameter is set to
"base band
freq-hopping",
BhGroupId is added in
the interface.
When this parameter
is set to "RFID freq-
hopping",
frequency is screened
and FhsID is added.
Note: S8001 only has
a frequency, and
doesn't
support frequency-
hopping.
If "BCCH Carrier (BcchMark)" is No, thevalue range is No, base band freq-hopping,and RFID freq-hopping. If "BCCH Carrier (BcchMark)" is Yes, the valuerange is No and base band freq-hopping. NONE
According to
radio
parameters
planning, fill in:
non-FH,
baseband FH,
RF FH.
-
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
Frequency
Select the frequency
point of this transceiver.
Frequency band is GSM900: 1~124; Frequency band is EXT900: 0~124, 975~1023Frequency band is DCS1800: 512~885; Frequency band is PCS1800: 512~810; Frequency band is GSM850: 128~251. Based on the set frequency
According to
the ground
planning
parameters
-
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
ARFCN
List
Select the FhsID if the
configured frequency
hopping
mode is RF hopping.
This trx uses the MA
frequency
list configured in
frequency hopping
system.
1 ~ 255 NONE
According to
the ground
planning
parameters
-
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
Bipb Unit
It is corresponding with
the board position in
physical
configuration
Depends on the actual configuration of BIPB unit Depends on the actual configuration.
According to
the ground
planning
parameters
-
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
DspSunit
It corresponds to the
DSP supporting IP in
BIPB board
configured by physical
mode.
Determined by user configured DSP quantity Minimum DSP number configured by user
According to
the ground
planning
parameters
-
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
DspMarkSeq
Mark sequence of
carrier on DSP, DSP
channel number
will be calculated
based on this mark by
service.
For the VTCD board,
each DSP can mark
(or configure)
up to 16 carriers. For
the VTCD/2 board, you
can configure 28
carriers.
0 ~ 15; 0 ~ 27 0
According to
the ground
planning
parameters
-
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
PortNo
IP access. Port
number shall be
allocated for each
carrier, and the
number will be
determined by the
port actually
configured.
1 ~ 3072 1
According to
the ground
planning
parameters
-
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
Working
modes
TRX Mode
It describes working
modes of carrier,
including single
or double carriers,
which determines 4
lines of
multiplexer is used or
Under
dual
carrier
mode, no
four
diversity,
no DPCT
Under double carrier mode, no 4 lines of multiplexer, no DPCT or DDT configured;
Under double
carrier mode,
no 4 lines of
multiplexer, no
DPCT or DDT
configured
Default
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
Delayed
transmitting
number
Delay Count
It defines the symbol
used on delayed
transmitting.
1 ~ 15 0 0 -
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
Use IRC Use IRC
It determines if to use
IRC.
Not checked: do not
use IRC
Checked: use IRC
Not checked, Checked Not checked Not checked
Not
checked
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
Carrier
support
antenna
jumping
Support antenna hop
It indicates if antenna
hop is supported.
No: indicates
antenna hop is not
supported;
Yes/No No No No
1800M
Co-
BCCH
900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
Commo
n TRX
Commo
n TRX
Commo
n TRX
Commo
n TRX
Commo
n TRX
Commo
n TRX
Commo
n TRX
Commo
n TRX
Commo
n TRX
Commo
n TRX
BCCH
Trx : 5
Non-
BCCH
TRX
without
fixed
PDCH :
3
Non-
BCCH
TRX
BCCH
Trx : 1
Non-
BCCH
TRX
without
fixed
PDCH :
3
Non-
BCCH
TRX
BCCH
Trx : 5
Non-
BCCH
TRX
without
fixed
PDCH :
3
Non-
BCCH
TRX
BCCH
Trx : 1
Non-
BCCH
TRX
without
fixed
PDCH :
3
Non-
BCCH
TRX
BCCH
Trx : 5
Non-
BCCH
TRX
without
fixed
PDCH :
3
Non-
BCCH
TRX
BCCH
Trx : 1
Non-
BCCH
TRX
without
fixed
PDCH :
3
Non-
BCCH
TRX
BCCH
Trx : 5
Non-
BCCH
TRX
without
fixed
PDCH :
3
Non-
BCCH
TRX
BCCH
Trx : 1
Non-
BCCH
TRX
without
fixed
PDCH :
3
Non-
BCCH
TRX
BCCH
Trx : 5
Non-
BCCH
TRX
without
fixed
PDCH :
3
Non-
BCCH
TRX
- - - - - - - - - -
Max
output
power -
0~6 dB
Max
output
power
Max
output
power
Max
output
power
Max
output
power
Max
output
power
Max
output
power +
0~1.5dB
Max
output
power +
0~1.5dB
Max
output
power
Max
output
power
- - - - - - - - - -
Dense Urban/Urban Rural Wide Coverage
Express
Way/High-speed
Railway
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
Indoor
Coverage/Tunnel
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
Default Default Default Default Default Default
Under
single
carrier
mode,
four
diversity
+ DPCT;
Under
single
carrier
mode,
four
diversity
+ DPCT;
Default Default
- - - - - - 0 0 - -
Not
checked
Not
checked
Not
checked
Not
checked
Not
checked
Not
checked
Not
checked
Not
checked
Not
checked
Not
checked
No No No No No No No No No No
If SubCellUsed is set with Yes, we may make
changes. If not, the default is the first subcell.
In extended cell, without subcells supported,the
"TRX type" shall be configured with "extended
TRX"; in extended cell, with subcells supported,
900 cell:
BCCH Trx : 1
Non-BCCH TRX without fixed PDCH : 3
Non-BCCH TRX with fixed PDCH : 4
1800 cell :
BCCH Trx : 5
Non-BCCH TRX without fixed PDCH : 3
Non-BCCH TRX with fixed PDCH : 4
Improper setting of TRX priority may lead to low
SD/TCH assignment success rate and low CSSR,
poor uplink/downlink RQ proportion, high TCH call
drop rate, low uplink/downlink data throughput.

According to the ground planning parameters
To set the static power of cells with weak
coverage may help reduce call drops and improve
speech qualit. To reduce the static power of cells
with overshooting coverage by 2-4dB may help
reduce interference in the network and improve
speech quality. For cells with serious
overshooting problems in dense urban, we may
reduce the static power by 2-6dB; the
configuration of all TRXs in the same cell shall be

This parameter is actually invalid.
Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter
Coverage
Rate
Values Accessibilit
y
Mobility Reliability
Throughpu
t
According to radio parameters planning, fill in:
baseband FH, RF FH. To enable FH may reduce
interference in the network, improve speech
quality and decrease call drop rate.

According to the radio parameters planning


According to the radio parameters planning
According to the ground planning parameters
According to the ground planning parameters
According to the ground planning parameters
According to the ground planning parameters
Use dual-TRX mode in default without enabling
DPCT or DDT. For vast coverage, we may
consider to enable the single-TRX mode, four-
way diversity+DPCT or single-TRX mode; "four-
way diversity+DPCT" increases coverage and
system connection rate; Add 2-3dB to downlink to
improve speech quality.

When the "work mode" is set as "Delay Count
Domain is valid under single-TRX mode, four-way
diversity+DDT", this parameter is valid.
Choose whether to support IRC
This parameter works only when the "work mode"
is dual-TRX mode.

Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter


Remarks CN Side
Indicators
900M 1800M
Co-
BCCH
900M
Channel
related
Parameters
Channel ID Number to identify timeslot. When "TRX Type (TrxType)" is "Normal TRX",eight timeslot numbers are displayed on theinterface, such as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7; When "TRX Type (TrxType)" is "Extended TRX",four timeslot numbers are displayed on theinterface, such as 0, 2, 4, and 6; Same as value range
0, 1, 2, 3,
4, 5, 6, 7
- - - -
Channel
related
Parameters
TsChannel
Comb
This parameter defines combined types oftimeslot channel. Correlation with the followingseveral parameters is as follows: CBC supported (SmsCbUsed).If "CBC Supported (SmsCbUsed)" is No, that is,CBC is not supported, the system automaticallyfinal all timeslot channel combinations in the cell.If CBC channel exists, it is changed to SDCCH.If "CBC Supported (SmsCbUsed)" is Yes, thatis, CBC is supported, the system automaticallyfind all timeslot channel combinations in thecell.If a non-BCCH channel is found for acarrier, it is changed to SDCCH+CBCH. GPRS service supported (PsSupport)If "GPRS Supported (PsSupport)" is No,that is, GPRS is not supported, the systemautomatically change all timeslot channelswhose type is PS in the cell to TCH. Common control channel configuration(CcchConf)When CCCH Channel (CcchConf) is configuredas "a basic physical channel used by CCCH,along with SDCCH". In channel informationparameters, timeslot 0 channel combinationshall be one of these two combined ch TCH/F; TCH/H 0 1 +FACCH/H 0 1 +SACCH/TH 0 1 ; SDCCH/8+SACCH/C8; FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH; BCCH+SDCCH/4; BCCH+CCCH; BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH; SDCCH+CBCH; PBCCH+ PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH; PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH; PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH; TCH/F
According
to cell
channel
planning
- - - -
Channel
related
Parameters
TSC This parameter represents Training Serial Code (TSC)of the timeslot. There are eight types of TSC, withlow mutual dependency. It is used for reference ofdelay compensation for adaptive balance circuit at receiving side. For the timeslot where BCCH is, thisparameter must be equal to BCC of the cell. 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 0
According
to cell
channel
planning
- - - -
Channel
related
Parameters
MAIO During communication, the carrier numberadopted on air interface is an element of theMA set. Mobile Allocation Index (MAI) (0 =<MAI =< n-1) is a variable for determining adefinite element in the MA set.According to the FH algorithm in GSM 05.02specification, MAI is function of the followingaspects: TDMA Frame Number (FN) or ReducedTDMA Frame Number (RFN), frequency HoppingSerial Number (HSN), and Mobile Allocation IndexOffset (MAIO). MAIO is an initial offset of MAI andis used for preventing several channels to contendfor the same carrier at the same moment.Generally, several basic FH units (timeslot orTDMA frame) constitute an FH group. They havethe same MA and HSN and the only differenceamong them is MAIO. Thus the same MA and HSNare put in FHS/MA table. When the FH groupcorresponding to the timeslot has no frequencyhopping, MAIO of the timeslot is invalid. 0 ~ 63 0
According
to cell
channel
planning
- - - -
Channel
related
Parameters
Dynamic ts YES: Representing dynamic timeslot; NO: Representingfixedly configured timeslot. Yes/No Yes
According
to cell
channel
planning
- - - -
Category
Parameter
Name
Parame
ter
Code
Definition
Default
Value in
OMCR
Recomme
nded
Value for
Network
Optimizati
on
Dense Urban/Urban Rural
Value
Range &
Unit
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
Channel
related
Parameters
Ps Service
Preference
property
PREFERPSSERVICE Indicate if to do channel packet service preference orthe type to do service preference No preference, GPRS preference, EDGE preference, EDGE specialty (0~7 timeslot) No preference
According
to cell
channel
planning
- - - -
Channel
related
Parameters
PDCH
Priority
PDCHPrecedence This timeslot is used as PDTCH as a preference. Itonly set for dynamic timeslot. Yes/No No
According
to cell
channel
planning
- - - -
1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M
- - - - - - -
The setting of "TRX type" may affect
the value domain of this parameter.
- - - - - - -
For channels configuration methods,
please refer to GSM NPO Special
Subject Guidebook-SDR Channel
Configuration V2.1.
- - - - - - -
Configuration principles: 1.
TSC of BCCH TRX must be in
consistence with cell BCC.
2. TSC of the eight channels in
the same TRX must be the same.
3. TSC of different TRXs in
the same cel can be different.
Inconsistence between TSC
and BCC may lead to PS access
problem and low download rate.

- - - - - - -
Set the parameter value according
to FH planning parameters and
ensure that the MAIO of all timeslots
in one TRX must be the same.
Under radio FH, TRXs of the same
group in one cell can not use the
- - - - - - -
Set the parameter according to
channel planning results. If channel
type is dynamic TCH/F, then set the
parameter with Yes; if not, set the
parameter with No. If dynamic
TCH/F is configured with CS service
priority, the related indicators like
accessibility, reliability and
throughput may not be as good as

Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter


Values
Rural
Wide
Coverage
Express
Way/High-
speed
Accessibil
ity
Mobility
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
Indoor
Coverage/Tun
nel
- - - - - - -
Set the parameter according to the
channel planning result. GPRS and
EDGE preference channel is just a
relative concept. The wanted effects
can be achieved only when some
PDTCHs are defined as GPRS
preference channels and some
PDTCHs are defined as EDGE
preference channels. Through
setting this parameter as GPRS
preference or EDGE preference and
setting "HybridOccuSupp" with No,
we may obtain GPRS dedicated
traffic channels and EDGE
dedicated traffic channels. If we only
need EDGE dedicated traffic
channels, we may set the parameter
as EDGE specialty. To set EDGE
dedicated traffic channel and GPRS
dedicated traffic channel may help
to prevent GPRS user and EDGE
user reusing the block resource on
the same group of PDTCH, which
helps to improve indicators related
to throughput; while this may result
in resource waste and decrease of
indicators related to congestion.

- - - - - - -
If the "channel type" is static
PDTCH, this parameter must be set
with Yes. If the timeslot
parameter"timeslot channel
combination (TsChannelComb) " is
manually adjusted to
"PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH", the
parameter "PDCH preference
(PDCHPrecedence)" will be
automatically changed to "Yes".
However, if we use batch command
to make the change or use
Template (NetworkPlan) to import
the information, we must first set the
"PDCH preference
(PDCHPrecedence)" of static
PCTCH as "Yes". If dynamic
channel is not set as PS absolute
preference, we must set "PDCH
preference (PDCHPrecedence)"
with "No" to ensure the absolute
preference of PS service. To set
absolute preference of PS TCH
helps to improve the indicators
related to throughput and
congestion in the cells where CS
service frequenctly seizes PDTCH.


Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter
Coverage
Rate
Remarks
Reliability
CN Side
Indicators
Throughp
ut

CR
Related
Parameter
s
Attached
reselection
parameter
indication
AdditionReselPI The cell selection and reselection of MS dependson the C1 and C2 parameters, according to thedefinition in the GSM specification. Networkcarriers decide if to use C2 as the cell reselectionparameter. Additional reselection parameterindication is to notify MS if C2 criterion isadoptable during the cell reselection.Network broadcasts the parameter informationto MS in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEMINFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages.Additional reselection parameter indication is one ofthe cell selection parameters. Value Instruction: Yes: MS takes off cell reselection parameterPI and the parameters related to computingC2 from the rest bytes SI7/8 Rest Octets ofSYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 7 or 8. No: MS should obtain the PI parameterrelated to the cell reselection and parametersrelated to the C2 calculation from the restoctets of the SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE4message (SI4 Rest Octets).Generally, the system messages 7 and 8 are seldomused. Normally this parameter is No. It shall beYes Yes/No No
CR
Related
Parameter
s
Cell
reselection
parameter
indication
CellReselPI Cell reselection parameter indication notifies the MSif to use C2 as the cell reselection parameter and ifthere is the related parameter for calculating C2.It indicates if the related parameter for calculatingcell reselection standard C2 is contained in SYSTEMINFORMATION message and if C2 standard isadopted in the cell reselection. The successive Cellreselection offset, Temporary offset and Penaltytime are invalid, and MS takes C1 as the cellreselection standard when this value is No.This parameter is broadcasted to all MS inthe cell in RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATIONTYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. Cell reselectionparameter indication is one of the cell selectionparameters. Value Instruction: Yes: MS gets parameters to compute C2 fromcell broadcast system messages and regard C2as a cell reselection standard. Parameters Cellbar qualify, Cell reselection offset, Temporaryoffset and Penalty time are invalid. No: MS considers C1 parameter as a cellreselection standard. Parameters Cell barqualify, Yes/No No
CR
Related
Parameter
s
Reselectio
n offset
ReselOffset
The cell reselection due to radio channel quality
takes C2 as the standard. C2 is formed according to
C1 parameter, and some special offset parameters,
to add the special influence as to enable MS to
enter some cells in priority. Usually, such measures
allow balancing the traffic on the network.
Besides C1, there are three factors affecting
C2: Cell reselection offset, Temporary
offset, and Penalty time.
Cell reselection offset is a magnitude value,
which indicates the human modified value of C2.
Calculate a modified value of C2 to encourage
or prevent MS accessing a certain cell, so as
to implement balance network.
Network broadcasts the parameter information
to all MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. It
is one of the cell selection parameters. The
validity of this parameter depends upon Cell
reselection parameter indication.
The setting of Cell reselection offset, Temporary
offset and the Penalty time are classified
into three cases:
In case of large traffic or poor communication
quality inside a cell due to certain causes,
normally MS is expected not to work in that cell
(that is, certain repulsion to that cell).
Penalty time can be set as 31 in such cases.
Temporary offset is invalid, and the numerical
value of C2 equals C1 minus this parameter
Cell reselection offset. Therefore, the C2 value
corresponding to the cell is decreased, and
0~63, 2db 0
CR
Related
Parameter
s
Cell
reselecting
hysteresis
level
ReselHysteresis Whenever MS moves across the two cellboundary-regions with different locationarea codes, it initiates Location Update (LU)procedure in IDLE mode.C2 values obtained at the boundary for two adjacentcells are different because of fading characteristic ofradio channel. It causes MS to select cell frequently.In this case, LU interval is more than cell reselectioninterval. This affects call success rate, due tounreachable paging response to calling party.This increases the signaling flow on the networkand causes radio resources to be fully utilized.In addition, it decreases call completion rateof the system, as MS cannot respond topaging during location update.In addition, value difference must be greaterthan the value specified in CRH.Network broadcasts the parameter informationto MS in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEMINFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages.Cell reselecting hysteresis level is one of thecell selection parameters.Define Cell reselecting hysteresis level to 4 or 5 andmake certain 0~7, 2db 4
CR
Related
Parameter
s
Temporary
offset
TemporaryOffset The cell reselection due to radio channel qualitytakes C2 as the standard. C2 is formed according toC1 parameter, and some special offset parameters,to add the special influence as to enable MS toenter some cells in priority. Usually, such measuresallow balancing the traffic on the network.Besides C1, there are three factors affecting C2:Cell reselection offset, Temporary offset, and Penaltytime. Temporary offset indicates the temporarymodification value for C2. Temporary means thatit only acts on C2 for a period and the perioddepends on parameter Penalty time.Network broadcasts the parameter informationto all MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEMINFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. Itis one of the cell selection parameters. Thevalidity of this parameter depends upon Cellreselection parameter indication. 0~7, 10db 1
Default
Value in
OMCR
Category
Parameter
Name
Para
met
er
Cod
e
Definition
Value
Range &
Unit
CR
Related
Parameter
s
Penalty
time
PenaltyTime The cell reselection due to radio channel qualitytakes C2 as the standard. C2 is formed according toC1 parameter, and some special offset parameters,to add the special influence as to enable MS toenter some cells in priority. Usually, such measuresallow balancing the traffic on the network.Besides C1, there are three factors affecting C2:Cell reselection offset, Temporary offset, and Penaltytime. Temporary offset indicates the temporarymodification value for C2. Temporary means thatit only acts on C2 for a period and the perioddepends on parameter Penalty time.Network broadcasts the parameter informationto all MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEMINFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. Itis one of the cell selection parameters. Thevalidity of this parameter depends upon Cellreselection parameter indication. 0~31, 20s 0
900M 1800M
Co-
BCCH
900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M
No No No No No No No No No No No No
No No Yes No No Yes No No No No No Yes
0~10 0 4~10 0 0 0~5 0 0 0 0 0 4~10
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Recomme
nded
Value for
Network
Optimizati
on
Dense Urban/Urban Wide Coverage
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
Indoor
Coverage/Tunne
l
Rural
Express
Way/High-speed
Railway
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
System message 7 and 8 are seldom used, so
Addition ReselPI is usually set with No.
It's recommended to enable C2 algorithm of
1800M network in dense urban/urban areas, in
order to reach traffic balance. For 900M cells,
make the setting according to the actual traffic
volume and configuration. This parameter must
be set with Yes in the cells with CBA or CBQ
In desnse urban/urban areas, it's recommended
to set the CRO of 1800M cells within the range
of 48; for 1800M cells in dual-band network in
suburb, it's recommended to set the CRO within
the range of 05. Sugggestions for setting
CRO, TO, PT are as follows: 1. In case of large
traffic or poor communication
quality inside a cell due to certain causes,
normally MS is expected not to work in that cell
(that is, certain repulsion to that cell).
Penalty time can be set as 31 in such cases.
Temporary offset is invalid, and the numerical
value of C2 equals C1 minus this parameter
Cell reselection offset. Therefore, the C2 value
corresponding to the cell is decreased, and
reduces the possibility that MS reselecting
the cell. Besides, the proper value of this
parameter Cell reselection offset can be set
according to the repulsive nature of cell. The
more is the repulsive nature, the larger is
the Cell reselection offset. Vice versa in case
of a smaller Cell reselection offset.
2. For cells with small traffic and low equipment
utilization, normally MS is encouraged to work in
that cell (that is, certain propensity to that cell).
Cell reselection offset must be set between
0 ~ 10 (corresponding to 0 ~ 20 dB) in this
case, according to tendency of the cell. The
more is the tendency, the larger is the Cell
reselection offset. Vice versa in case of a
smaller Cell reselection offset. It is usually

For cells crossing location areas, we
recommend to set the parameter with a large
value, in order to reduce location update due to
frequent cell reselection. Besides, when the
parameter is set with a large value, the number
of PS reselection in Ready status may be
reduced, which helps to improve data rate. To
add CRH to cells crossing location areas may
reduce the number of location update and
decrease SD congestion rate and improve

It's recommended to set it 0, that is not to


perform the penalty.
Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter
Coverage
Rate
Accessibility Mobility Reliability
Throughp
ut
Values
It's recommended to be set 0 (20s); to set it 31
is not recommended, because 31 means CRO
is a negative value.
Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter
Remarks CN Side
Indicators
900M 1800M
Co-
BCCH
Frequency Hopping Related Parameter Frequency hopping No. FhsId This parameter is an unique identification of frequencyhopping system. 1 ~ 255 1 1 - - -
Frequency Hopping Related Parameter Hopping sequence No. HSN According to GSM 05.02 Frequency HopingAlgorithm, MAI is a function of TDMA Framenumber (FN), Hoping Sequence Number (HSN)and Mobile Allocation Index Offset (MAIO). HSNdetermines the operation track of frequenciesduring the frequency hopping process. Usingdifferent HSN for cells having same MA can avoidfrequency utilization conflict between adjacent cellsduring the frequency hopping process. Different timeslots can share the same group of MAand corresponding HSN. When HSN = 0, it is a specialfrequency hopping (i.e. circular frequency hopping)HSN can be derived from BCC of the cell, becausecells using the same MA also have the same BCCH. For example, if HSN [(BCC6) +1, ..., (BCC6)+6], then each cell may use any of the 6 HSNs. Theremaining 0 and 49 ~ 63 are used in other specialcases. If for simple, directly use 0 by default. 0 ~ 63 0
According
to actual
radio
parameters
planning
- - -
Frequency Hopping Related Parameter Frequency hopping mode FreqHopMode This parameter indicates the mode of frequency hopping. RFID freqhop, baseband freqhop RFID freqhop
According
to actual
radio
parameters
- - -
Frequency Hopping Related Parameter MA frequency list. MaFreqNumThis parameter provides a list of absolute RF channel number in a frequency hopping group. It is a CA sub-set of the home cell. The relatedinformation will be notified to MS when MS isnotified of which channel should be used. You can do the Add and Delete action. Based on frequency setting Based on frequency setting
According
to actual
radio
parameters
- - -
Category
Parameter
Name
Parameter
Code
Definition
Default
Value in
OMCR
Recomme
nded
Value for
Network
Optimizati
on
Dense Urban/Urban
Value
Range &
Unit
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M
- - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -
1. Try to set HSN 0 under radio
FH. Application of HSN of cells
with the same MA and MAIO
needs long multiplexing distance.
2. Under baseband FH, when
the number of MA frequencies
13, it's forbidden to set HSN
as 0.Serious interference may
occur, when adjacent cells with
the same MA and MAIO use the
same HSN; in this case, SD/TCH
- - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -
Values
Rural Wide Coverage
Express
Way/High-speed
Railway
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
Indoor
Coverage/Tunnel

Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter


Coverage
Rate
Remarks Accessibil
ity
Mobility Reliability
CN Side
Indicators
Throughp
ut
900M 1800M
Co-
BCCH
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Punishmen
t period of
UTRAN
cell when
handover
failure
HoFailPenalTmUTRAN This parameter defines a protection period to prevent immediate handover after handover failure. Its unit time is the period of measurement or pretreatment measurement report. 1 - 255 (period of measurement or pretreatment measurement report) 7 7 - - -
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Slide
window
size for
calculating
Ec/No or
RSCP
average
value to be
zero
HoWindowUTRAN
In GSM
system,
BSC uses
the power
level
measurem
ent data to
manage
and
control
handover
decisions.
BSC uses
average
2010-1-31 6 6 - - -
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Number
that
measurem
ent value
allowed to
be zero
ZeroAllowedUTRAN
According
to GSM
specificatio
ns, MS
can report
to BSS the
measurem
ent data of
at most six
adjacent
cells with
strongest
signal
strength.
Thus the
measurem
ent results
0 - 31 1 1 - - -
UTRAN
handover
parameter
UTRAN
handover
ServiceHo This parameter indicates UTRAN handover priority control. MSC sends Service Handover parameter to BSC through ASSIGNMENT REQUEST and HANDOVER REQUEST messages. Service Handover parameter has three values, including prefer to UTRAN handover, not prefer to UTRAN handover, disallow to UTRAN handover, taking actions on handover decision on subsequent BSC. ServiceHo can be configured as the default value used while MSC doesn't deliver Service Handover parameter, or configured as BSC forcedly using the mode set by ServiceHo, but don't use Service Handover parameter delivered by MSC.
Handover to
UTRAN first;
Not Handover
to UTRAN first;
Not allow to
Handover to
UTRAN;
According to
MSC, default
handover to
UTRAN first;
According to
MSC, default
not handover to
UTRAN first;
According to MSC, default handover to UTRAN first
According
to MSC,
default
handover
to UTRAN
first
- - -
UTRAN
handover
parameter
FDD/TDD
Handover
FDDTDDPrioThis parameter indicates the priority control of FDD/TDD handover. When FDD adjacent cell and TDD adjacent cell exist together, to control selection sequence of target cell, we use FDDTDDPrio parameter to show if to prefer to FDD cell handover or TDD cell handover. Handover to FDD cell should be performed; Handover to TDD cell should be performed. Handover to FDD cell should be performed
Handover
to FDD
cell should
be
performed
- - -
Category
Parameter
Name
Parameter
Code
Definition
Default
Value in
OMCR
Recomme
nded
Value for
Network
Optimizati
on
Dense Urban/Urban Value Range
& Unit
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Threshold
for load
sharing
LoadHoRSCPThsFDD
This
parameter
is used to
traffic
handover.
Firstly you
shall
configure
a traffic
handover
threshold
and inter-
system
handover
0 - 63:
the range from
-116 dBm
CPICH RSCP
< -115 dBm
(reported as 0)
to -53 dBm
CPICH RSCP
< -52 dBm
(reported as
63) is used.
RSCP values
below -116
dBm shall be
35 35 - - -
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Ec/No
threshold
when
handover
from GSM
to 3G for
load
sharing
LoadHoEcNoThsFDD
This
parameter
is used to
traffic
handover.
Firstly you
shall
configure
a traffic
handover
threshold
0 - 49:
the range from
-24 dB
CPICH Ec/Io < -
23.5 dB
(reported as 1)
to -0.5 dB
CPICH Ec/Io <
0 dB (reported
as 48) is used.
Ec/No values
25 25 - - -
UTRAN
handover
parameter
RSCP
threshold
when
handover
from GSM
to TDD for
load
sharing
LoadHoRSCPThsTDD
This
parameter
is used to
traffic
handover.
Firstly you
shall
configure
a traffic
handover
threshold
and inter-
system
handover
0 - 63:
the range from
-116 dBm
CPICH RSCP
< -115 dBm
(reported as 0)
to -53 dBm
CPICH RSCP
< -52 dBm
(reported as
63) is used.
RSCP values
below -116
dBm shall be
35 35 - - -
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Inter
system
handover
supported
InterSysHoCtrl This parameter indicates if intersystem handover within BSC is allowed. This parameters determines if BSC can issue handover of 3G system. Yes/No No No - - -
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Directed
retry to
UTRAN
cell allowed
InterSysRdCtrl This parameter determines if allow directed retry to UTRAN cell. When no service channel is allocated in this cell, you can try redirected to adjacent cell under allowed case by corresponding function switch. If this parameter is configured as Yes, it can be redirected to 3G adjacent cell. Yes/No No No - - -
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Handover
from GSM
to UTRAN
FDD
RSCP
Threshold
HoRSCPThsFDD BSC reserves at least HoRSCP_N_FDD RSCP average values for a UTRAN adjacent cell. When at least HoRSCP_P_FDD out of the latest HoRSCP_N_FDD average values are larger than or equal to the sume of HoRSCPThsFDD and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place and the adjacent cell is taken as candidate destination cell for handover.
0 - 63:
the range from
-116 dBm
CPICH RSCP
< -115 dBm
(reported as 0)
to -53 dBm
CPICH RSCP
35 35 - - -
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Handover
from GSM
to UTRAN
FDD
RSCP
Value P/N
HoRSCP_P_FDD When at least HoRSCP_P_FDD out of the latest HoRSCP_N_FDD average values are larger than or equal to the sum of HoRSCP_THS_FDD and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place. 1 - 20, 1 - 20 3 3 - - -
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Handover
from GSM
to UTRAN
FDD
RSCP
Value P/N
HoRSCP_N_FDD When at least HoRSCP_P_FDD out of the latest HoRSCP_N_FDD average values are larger than or equal to the sum of HoRSCP_THS_FDD and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place. 1 - 20, 1 - 20 4 4 - - -
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Handover
from GSM
to UTRAN
FDD
Ec/No
Threshold
HoEc/No_THS_FDD BSC reserves at least HoEcNo_N_FDD RSCP average values for a UTRAN adjacent cell. When at least HoEcNo_P_FDD out of the latest HoEcNo_N_FDD average values are larger than or equal to the sume of HoEcNoThsFDD and HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place and the adjacent cell is taken as candidate destination cell for handover.
0 - 49:
the range from
-24 dB
CPICH Ec/Io < -
23.5 dB
(reported as 1)
to -0.5 dB
CPICH Ec/Io <
0 dB (reported
as 48) is used.
Ec/No values
25 25 - - -
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Handover
from GSM
to UTRAN
FDD
Ec/No
Value P/N
HoEc/No_P_FDD When at least HoEcNo_P_FDD out of HoEcNo_N_FDD average values are larger than or equal to the sum of HoEcNoThsFDD and HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place. 1 - 20, 1 - 20 3 3 - - -
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Handover
from GSM
to UTRAN
FDD
Ec/No
Value P/N
HoEc/No_N_FDD When at least HoEcNo_P_FDD out of HoEcNo_N_FDD average values are larger than or equal to the sum of HoEcNoThsFDD and HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place. 1 - 20, 1 - 20 4 4 - - -
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Handover
from GSM
to UTRAN
TDD
RSCP
Threshold
HoRSCPThsTDD This parameter defines a threshold value for handover from GSM to UTRAN cell. BSC at least HoRSCP_N_TDD reserves RSCP average values for a UTRAN adjacent cell. When at least HoRSCP_P_TDD out of the latest HoRSCP_N_TDD average values are larger than or equal to the sume of HoRSCPThsTDD and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place and the adjacent cell is taken as candidate destination cell for handover.
0 - 63:
the range from
-116 dBm
CPICH RSCP
< -115 dBm
(reported as 0)
to -53 dBm
CPICH RSCP
< -52 dBm
(reported as
63) is used.
RSCP values
35 35 - - -
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Handover
from GSM
to UTRAN
TDD
RSCP
Value P/N
HoRSCP_P_TDD This parameter defines a threshold value for handover from GSM to UTRAN cell. BSC at least HoRSCP_N_TDD reserves RSCP average values for a UTRAN adjacent cell. When at least HoRSCP_P_TDD out of the latest HoRSCP_N_TDD average values are larger than or equal to the sum of HoRSCPThsTDD and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place and the adjacent cell is taken as candidate destination cell for handover 1 - 20, 1 - 20 3 3 - - -
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Handover
from GSM
to UTRAN
TDD
RSCP
Value P/N
HoRSCP_N_TDD This parameter defines a threshold value for handover from GSM to UTRAN cell. BSC at least HoRSCP_N_TDD reserves RSCP average values for a UTRAN adjacent cell. When at least HoRSCP_P_TDD out of the latest HoRSCP_N_TDD average values are larger than or equal to the sum of HoRSCPThsTDD and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place and the adjacent cell is taken as candidate destination cell for handover. 1 - 20, 1 - 20 4 4 - - -
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Threshold
when UE
performs
search
under
specialized
mode
Qsearch_C This parameter defines a threshold. When average receiving level RLA_C of the cell falls below (parameter value: 0 - 7) or higher than (parameter value: 8 - 15) this threshold, UE searches the UTRAN adjacent cell.
When RLA_C
of serving cell
is lower than (0
- 7) or higher
than (8 - 15),
the UTRAN
neighbor cell
measuring will
be triggered.
0 - 6 means L=-
98+n*4 dbm, 7
means always,
8 - 14 means
L=-78+4* (n-8)
dbm, 15 means
never
15 15 - - -
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Initial
parameter
instead of
qsearch_c
before UE
receiving
qsearch_C
QsearchCInit This parameter is used to search and measure the cell data while MS doesn't recieve Qsearch_C on SACCH.
0: Indicates
Qsearch_I
parameter
1: Indicates
always
measuring
0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
Support 3G NACC Support3GCCN This parameter indicates if NACC to 3G cell is supported. Yes/No No No - - -
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
Channel
location of
si2quater
broadcast
SI2QuaterPos It indicates channel location of si2quater broadcast.
0: Broadcast
on normal
BCCH block
1: Broadcast
on extended
BCCH block
(AGCH_BLOCK
reservation
value will be 1)
0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
CS
measurem
ent type
reported
by UE
ReportTypeCS It indicates enhanced measurement report for UE or measurement report message.
0: Adopts
enhanced
measurement
report
message, if at
least one BSIC
is configured
for each
frequency in
BA list;
otherwise,
adopt normal
measurement
report
message.
1: Adopts
normal
measurement
report
message
1 1 - - -
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
Measurem
ent
threshold
of UE
performing
UTRAN
cell
reselection
Qsearch_I This parameter indicates the measurement threshold of UE performing UTRAN cell reselection. UE starts UTRAN reselection cell measurement when average receiving level RLA_C of this cell is lower than (parameter value: 0 - 7) or higher than (parameter value: 8 - 15) the threshold.
When RLA_C
of serving cell
is lower than (0
- 7) or higher
than (8 - 15),
the UTRAN
neighbor cell
measuring will
be triggered.
0 - 6 means L=-
98+n*4 dbm, 7
means always,
8 - 14 means
L=-78+4* (n-8)
dbm, 15 means
never
15 7 7 7 7
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
CS
number of
same
frequency
adjacent
cells in
report
SvrBandRprtCS This parameter defines the number of adjacent cells with the same frequency band as in serving cell, which are included in the measurement report or the strongest cell list. 0, 1, 2, 3 2 2 - - -
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
CS class
of reported
quantities
of UTRAN
adjacent
cells
FDDrepQntCS It indicates if MS uses RSCP or Ec/No to report measurement. 0: RSCP; 1: Ec/No 1 1 - - -
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
MIN Ec/No
of UTRAN
reselecting
cell
FDD_Qmin This parameter indicates the minimum value of Ec/No of the UTRAN cell when it reselects adjacent cell. The value of Ec/No of the UTRAN cell shall be larger than the value defined by this parameter in order to reselect the adjacent cell. Value range: 0 - 7, indicating (20 + n) dBm. 0= -20dB, 1= -6dB, 2= -18dB, 3= -8dB, 4= -16dB, 5= -10dB, 6= -14dB, 7= -12dB. 0 7 ( -12 dB) 7 7 7
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
CS MAX
number of
UTRAN/FD
D adjacent
cells in
measurem
ent report
FDDMulRatarrptCS This parameter indicates the maximum number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells included in packet measurement report or strongest cell list. If UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells are not full, the vacancies are used for GSM adjacent cells. (If TDD technology is available, the vacancies are used for TDD cells). 0, 1, 2, 3 2 2 - - -
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
FDD
reselection
offset
FDD_Qoffset
This
parameter
is used to
reselect
the
UTRAN
adjacent
cell if the
following
requiremen
ts are
satisfied:
1
Received
0 means always choose 3G neigbor cell;1 = -28 dB;2 = -24 dB;15 = 28 dB 8 0 0 0 0
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
Require
UE to
send
UTRAN
classmark
change
message
early
ECSC_3G It indicates if requiring UE to send UTRAN classmark change message early Yes, No NO NO - - -
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
CS
measurem
ent
reporting
rate of
adjacent
cell
ReportRateCS It indicates frequency of measurement reports in adjacent cell, refer to "CS adjacent cell report priority". 0: Normal; 1: Low0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
CS
Multiband
report
indication
MulBndRprtCS
This
parameter
is to
control the
number of
reports of
different
adjacent
cells
except the
serving
0, 1, 2, 3 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
CS offset
which is
added
when UE
reports
rxlev value
ScaleOrdCS
This
parameter
defines the
added
offset
when UE
reports
signal field
intensity. If
0: 0 dB; 1: 10 dB; 2: Automatic, determined by UE 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
TDD
reselection
offset
TDD_Qoffset When cell is reselected to 3G TDD adjacent cell, its RSCP shall be higher than the least offset of RLA_P in all GSM adjacent cells. 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 8 5 (-12dB)
5 (-
12dB)
5 (-
12dB)
5 (-
12dB)
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
CS MAX
number of
UTRAN/TD
D adjacent
cells in
measurem
ent report
TDDMulRatRrptCS This parameter indicates the maximum number of UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells included in measurement report or strongest cell list. If UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells are not full, the vacancies are used for GSM adjacent cells (If FDD technology is supported, remained part is given to FDD cell). 0, 1, 2, 3 2 2 - - -
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
CS UE
report
invalid cell
level
allowed
InvldBSICRprtCS When BCC is not configured, NCC is permitted for BSIC of some GSM cells. This parameter indicates if the system allows UE to report field intensity of such cells. YES, NO NO NO - - -
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
CS UE
search
UTRAN
adjacent
cell in bsic
decoding
frame
indication
SEARCHPRIOCS3G This parameter indicates if to allow UE to search UTRAN adjacent cells in the frame where BSIC decoding is needed. If yes, then UE can use at most 25 frames for search in 13 seconds. YES, NO NO NO - - -
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
GSM850M
adjacent
cell
reporting
signal
level Offset
RprtOffsetCS850 when reporting to GSM850M adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are higher than or equal to RprtThoCS850, and RepPrioCS value is same, then the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and RprtOffsetCS850 value is firstly reported. 0 - 7 means 0 - 42 dB, 6 dB/per step. 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
GSM850M
adjacent
cell
reporting
signal
level
Threshold
RprtThoCS850
When
reporting
to
GSM850M
adjacent
cells, only
when
signal
level in the
cell is
higher
than or
equal to
RprtThoCS
850
(dimensionl
ess,
correspond
ing to
RXLEV
portion in
measurem
ent report,
different
mapping
relationship
for
different
RXLEV), it
can be
reported.
As to if it
can be
reported in
certain
period, it
also
0: always; 1 - 6 means 6 - 36, 6/per step; 7 means never () 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
GSM900M
adjacent
cell
reporting
signal
level Offset
RprtOffsetCS900 when reporting to GSM900M adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are higher than or equal to RprtThoCS900, and RepPrioCS value is same, then the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and RprtOffsetCS900 value is firstly reported. 0 - 7 means 0 - 42 dB, 6 dB/per step. 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
GSM900M
adjacent
cell
reporting
signal
level
Threshold
RprtThoCS900
When
reporting
to
GSM900M
adjacent
cells, only
when
signal
level in the
cell is
higher
than or
equal to
RprtThoCS
900
(dimensionl
ess,
correspond
ing to
RXLEV
portion in
measurem
ent report,
different
mapping
relationship
for
different
RXLEV), it
can be
reported.
As to if it
can be
reported in
certain
period, it
also
0: always; 1 - 6 means 6 - 36, 6/per step; 7 means never () 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
GSM1800
M adjacent
cell
reporting
signal
level Offset
RprtOffsetCS1800 when reporting to GSM1800M adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are higher than or equal to RprtThoCS1800, and RepPrioCS value is same, then the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and RprtOffsetCS1800 value is firstly reported. 0 - 7 means 0 - 42 dB, 6 dB/per step. 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
GSM1800
M adjacent
cell
reporting
signal
level
Threshold
RprtThoCS1800 When reporting to GSM1800M adjacent cells, only when signal level in the cell is higher than or equal to RprtThoCS1800 (dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV portion in measurement report, different mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be reported. As to if it can be reported in certain period, it also depends on signal level, RepPrioCS, MulBndRprtCS and RprtOffsetCS1800. 0: always; 1 - 6 means 6 - 36, 6/per step; 7 means never () 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
GSM1900
M adjacent
cell
reporting
signal
level Offset
RprtOffsetCS1900 When reporting to GSM1900M adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are higher than or equal to RprtThoCS1900, and RepPrioCS value is same, then the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and RprtOffsetCS1900 value is firstly reported. 0 - 7 means 0 - 42 dB, 6 dB/per step. 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
GSM1900
M adjacent
cell
reporting
signal
level
Threshold
RprtThoCS1900
When
reporting
to
GSM1900
M adjacent
cells, only
when
signal
level in the
cell is
higher
than or
0: always; 1 - 6 means 6 - 36, 6/per step; 7 means never () 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
UTRAN/FD
D adjacent
cell
reporting
signal
level Offset
FDDRprtOffsetCS when reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are higher than or equal to FDDRprtThoCS, and RepPrioCS value is same, then the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and FDDRprtOffsetCS value is firstly reported. 0 - 7 means 0 - 42 dB, 6 dB/per step. 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
UTRAN/FD
D adjacent
cell
reporting
signal
level
Threshold
FDDRprtThoCS When reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells, only when signal level in the cell is higher than or equal to FDDRprtThoCS (dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV portion in measurement report, different mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be reported. As to if it can be reported in certain period, it also depends on signal level, RepPrioCS, FDDMulRatRrptCS and FDDRprtOffsetCS. 0: always; 1 - 6 means 6 - 36, 6/per step; 7 means never () 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
UTRAN/TD
D adjacent
cell
reporting
signal
level Offset
TDDRprtOffsetCS when reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are higher than or equal to TDDRprtThoCS, and RepPrioCS value is same, then the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and TDDRprtOffsetCS value is firstly reported. 0 - 7 means 0 - 42 dB, 6 dB/per step. 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Reselectio
n
Parameter
UTRAN/TD
D adjacent
cell
reporting
signal
level
Threshold
TDDRprtThoCS When reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells, only when signal level in the cell is higher than or equal to TDDRprtThoCS (dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV portion in measurement report, different mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be reported. As to if it can be reported in certain period, it also depends on signal level, RepPrioCS, TDDMulRatRrptCS and TDDRprtOffsetCS. 0: always; m; 1 - 6 means 6 - 36, 6/per step; 7 means never () 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
PS offset
which is
added
when UE
reports
rxlev value
ScaleOrdPS
This
parameter
defines the
added
offset
when UE
reports
signal field
intensity. If
0: 0 dB; 1: 10 dB; 2: Automatic, determined by UE 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
PS
measurem
ent type
reported
ReportTypePS This parameter indicates that UE uses PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT or PACKET ENHANCED MEASUREMENT REPORT message. 0, 1 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
PS
number of
same
frequency
adjacent
cells in
report
SvrBandRprtPS This parameter defines the number of adjacent cells with the same frequency band as in serving cell, which are included in the PS measurement report or the strongest cell list. 0, 1, 2, 3 2 2 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
PS
measurem
ent
reporting
rate of
adjacent
cell
ReportRatePS It indicates frequency of measurement reports in adjacent cell, refer to "PS adjacent cell report priority". 0: Normal; 1: Low0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
Measurem
ent
threshold
of UE
performing
GPRS
UTRAN
cell
Qsearch_P
Measurem
ent
threshold
of UE
performing
GPRS
UTRAN
cell.
Searching
3G cell
when
signal
level is
lower than
threshold
0 - 7
(correspon
ding to -
98, -94, ...,
-74 dBm),
threshold
7 indicates
always
searching;
or
searching
while
above
threshold
8 - 15 (-78,
-74, ..., -54
dBm),
threshold
15
indicates
never
search.
When RLA_C
of serving cell
is lower than (0
- 7) or higher
than (8 - 15),
the UTRAN
neighbor cell
measuring will
be triggered.
0 - 6 means L=-
98+n*4 dbm, 7
means always,
8 - 14 means
L=-78+4* (n-8)
dbm, 15 means
never
(GPRS packet
idle state,
GPRS packet
transform state)
15 15 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
FDD
GPRS
reselection
offset
FDD_GPRS_Qoffset When cell is reselected to 3G FDD adjacent cell, its RSCP shall be higher than the least offset of RLA_P in all GSM adjacent cells.
0 means
always choose
3G neigbor
cell;1 = -28
dB;2 = -24
dB;15 = 28
dB
(GPRS packet
idle state,
GPRS packet
transform state)
8 8 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
TDD
GPRS
reselection
offset
TDD_GPRS_Qoffset When cell is reselected to 3G TDD adjacent cell, its RSCP shall be higher than the least offset of RLA_P in all GSM adjacent cells.
0 means
always choose
3G neigbor
cell;1 = -28
dB;2 = -24
dB;15 = 28
dB
(GPRS packet
idle state,
GPRS packet
transform state)
0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
PS MIN
Ec/No of
UTRAN
reselecting
cell
FDD_QminPS The value of Ec/No of the 3G cell shall be larger than the value defined by this parameter in order to reselect the adjacent cell.
0= -20dB, 1= -
6dB, 2= -18dB,
3= -8dB, 4= -
16dB, 5= -
10dB, 6= -
14dB, 7= -12dB.
(GPRS packet
idle state,
GPRS packet
transform state)
0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
Offset of
FDD_Qmin
PS
FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS Offset of FDD_QminPS
0 - 7, 2dB.
(GPRS packet
idle state,
GPRS packet
transform state)
0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
PS MIN
RSCP of
UTRAN
reselecting
cell
FDD_RSCPminPS When the cell is reselected to 3G adjacent cell, its RSCP shall be no less than this value.
0 - 15: -114
dBm - -84 dBm
()
(GPRS packet
idle state,
GPRS packet
transform state)
0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
Measurem
ent report
threshold
of Ec/No
or RSCP
FDDRprtTho2PS It is the measurement report threshold of Ec/No or RSCP (while not specified in byFDDRepQuant)
0 - 15
(GPRS packet
idle state,
GPRS packet
transform state)
0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
PS class
of reported
quantities
of UTRAN
adjacent
cells
FDDRepQntPS It indicates if MS uses RSCP or Ec/No to report measurement. 0, 1 (0: RSCP; 1: Ec/No) 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
PS MAX
number of
UTRAN/FD
D adjacent
cells in
measurem
ent report
FDDMulRatRrptPS This parameter indicates the maximum number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells included in packet measurement report or strongest cell list. If UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells are not full, the vacancies are used for GSM adjacent cells. (If TDD technology is available, the vacancies are used for TDD cells). 0, 1, 2, 3 2 2 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
PS
Multiband
report
indication
MulBndRprtPS
MS in
single-
frequency
GSM
system
needs only
to report
contents
of six
adjacent
cells with
the
strongest
signals in
0, 1, 2, 3 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
TDD multi
report PS
TDDMulRatRrptPS This parameter indicates the MAX number of UTRAN/TDD adjacent cell included in measurement report. If UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells are not full, the vacancies are used for GSM adjacent cells (If FDD technology is supported, remained part is given to FDD cell). 0, 1, 2, 3 2 2 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
PS UE
report
invalid cell
level
allowed
InvldBSICRprtPS When BCC is not configured, NCC is permitted for BSIC of some GSM cells. This parameter indicates if the system allows UE to report field intensity of such cell. YES, NO NO NO - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
PS UE
search
UTRAN
adjacent
cell in bsic
decoding
frame
indication
SEARCHPRIOPS3G This parameter indicates if to allow UE to search UTRAN adjacent cells in the frame where BSIC decoding is needed. If yes, then UE can use at most 25 frames for search in 13 seconds. YES, NO NO NO - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
GSM850M
adjacent
cell
reporting
signal
level Offset
RprtOffsetCS850 when reporting to GSM850M adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are higher than or equal to RprtThoCS850, and RepPrioCS value is same, then the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and RprtOffsetCS850 value is firstly reported. 0 - 7 means 0 - 42 dB, 6 dB/per step. 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
GSM850M
adjacent
cell
reporting
signal
level
Threshold
RprtThoCS850
When
reporting
to
GSM850M
adjacent
cells, only
when
signal
level in the
cell is
higher
than or
equal to
RprtThoCS
850
(dimensionl
ess,
correspond
ing to
RXLEV
portion in
measurem
ent report,
different
mapping
relationship
for
different
RXLEV), it
can be
reported.
As to if it
can be
reported in
certain
period, it
also
0: always; 1 - 6 means 6 - 36, 6/per step; 7 means never () 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
GSM900M
adjacent
cell
reporting
signal
level Offset
RprtOffsetCS900 when reporting to GSM900M adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are higher than or equal to RprtThoCS900, and RepPrioCS value is same, then the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and RprtOffsetCS900 value is firstly reported. 0 - 7 means 0 - 42 dB, 6 dB/per step. 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
GSM900M
adjacent
cell
reporting
signal
level
Threshold
RprtThoCS900
When
reporting
to
GSM900M
adjacent
cells, only
when
signal
level in the
cell is
higher
than or
equal to
RprtThoCS
900
(dimensionl
ess,
correspond
ing to
RXLEV
portion in
measurem
ent report,
different
mapping
relationship
for
different
RXLEV), it
can be
reported.
As to if it
can be
reported in
certain
period, it
also
0: always; 1 - 6 means 6 - 36, 6/per step; 7 means never () 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
GSM1800
M adjacent
cell
reporting
signal
level Offset
RprtOffsetCS1800 when reporting to GSM1800M adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are higher than or equal to RprtThoCS1800, and RepPrioCS value is same, then the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and RprtOffsetCS1800 value is firstly reported. 0 - 7 means 0 - 42 dB, 6 dB/per step. 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
GSM1800
M adjacent
cell
reporting
signal
level
Threshold
RprtThoCS1800 When reporting to GSM1800M adjacent cells, only when signal level in the cell is higher than or equal to RprtThoCS1800 (dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV portion in measurement report, different mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be reported. As to if it can be reported in certain period, it also depends on signal level, RepPrioCS, MulBndRprtCS and RprtOffsetCS1800. 0: always; 1 - 6 means 6 - 36, 6/per step; 7 means never () 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
GSM1900
M adjacent
cell
reporting
signal
level Offset
RprtOffsetCS1900 When reporting to GSM1900M adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are higher than or equal to RprtThoCS1900, and RepPrioCS value is same, then the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and RprtOffsetCS1900 value is firstly reported. 0 - 7 means 0 - 42 dB, 6 dB/per step. 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
GSM1900
M adjacent
cell
reporting
signal
level
Threshold
RprtThoCS1900
When
reporting
to
GSM1900
M adjacent
cells, only
when
signal
level in the
cell is
higher
than or
equal to
RprtThoCS
1900
(dimensionl
ess,
correspond
ing to
RXLEV
portion in
measurem
ent report,
different
mapping
relationship
for
different
RXLEV), it
can be
reported.
As to if it
can be
reported in
certain
period, it
also
0: always; 1 - 6 means 6 - 36, 6/per step; 7 means never () 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
UTRAN/FD
D adjacent
cell
reporting
signal
level Offset
FDDRprtOffsetCS when reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are higher than or equal to FDDRprtThoCS, and RepPrioCS value is same, then the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and FDDRprtOffsetCS value is firstly reported. 0 - 7 means 0 - 42 dB, 6 dB/per step. 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
UTRAN/FD
D adjacent
cell
reporting
signal
level
Threshold
FDDRprtThoCS When reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells, only when signal level in the cell is higher than or equal to FDDRprtThoCS (dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV portion in measurement report, different mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be reported. As to if it can be reported in certain period, it also depends on signal level, RepPrioCS, FDDMulRatRrptCS and FDDRprtOffsetCS. 0: always; 1 - 6 means 6 - 36, 6/per step; 7 means never () 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
UTRAN/TD
D adjacent
cell
reporting
signal
level Offset
TDDRprtOffsetCS when reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are higher than or equal to TDDRprtThoCS, and RepPrioCS value is same, then the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and TDDRprtOffsetCS value is firstly reported. 0 - 7 means 0 - 42 dB, 6 dB/per step. 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Cell
control
parameter-
GPRS
property
UTRAN/TD
D adjacent
cell
reporting
signal
level
Threshold
TDDRprtThoCS When reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells, only when signal level in the cell is higher than or equal to TDDRprtThoCS (dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV portion in measurement report, different mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be reported. As to if it can be reported in certain period, it also depends on signal level, RepPrioCS, TDDMulRatRrptCS and TDDRprtOffsetCS. 0: always; 1 - 6 means 6 - 36, 6/per step; 7 means never () 0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Neighbor
cell
handover
and
reselection
parameter
Adjacent
UTRAN
cell
handover
and
reselection
object ID
HoRSObjectId This parameter is a unique identification of UTRAN adjacent cell handover and reselection object. 1 - 64 1 1 - - -
UTRAN
Neighbor
cell
handover
and
reselection
parameter
RSCP
offset
handover
to UTRAN
adjacent
cell
HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN Handover from GSM to UTRAN being triggered only indicates that UTRAN adjacent cell satisfies the minimum requirement for normal UE communication within it.This parameter is a prerequisite to ensure enough field intensity for uplink/downlink of UTRAN adjacent cells. It also controls the priority of a UE to handover to different adjacent cells.
0 - 63:
0=0dBm,
1=1dBm, ,
63=63dBm.
5 5 - - -
UTRAN
Neighbor
cell
handover
and
reselection
parameter
Ec/No
offset
handover
to UTRAN
adjacent
cell
HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN Handover from GSM to UTRAN being triggered only indicates that UTRAN adjacent cell satisfies the minimum requirement for normal UE communication within it.This parameter is a prerequisite to ensure enough field intensity for uplink/downlink of UTRAN adjacent cells. It also controls the priority of a UE to handover to different adjacent cells.
0 - 49:
0=0dB,
1=0.5dB, ,
49: >24dB.
5 5 - - -
UTRAN
Neighbor
cell
handover
and
reselection
parameter
CS
adjacent
cell report
priority
RepPrioCS
Priorities
of the
adjacent
cell are as
follows:
1 Adjacent
cell with
same
frequency
band.
have the
following
features:
BSIC of
color code
is valid; Its
measured
field
intensity
ranks high
among
cells in the
same
frequency
band and
is larger
than or
equal to
the lower
limit
specified
by
RprtThoCS
XXX.
Here, XXX
represents
frequency
0: Lower;1: High.0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Neighbor
cell
handover
and
reselection
parameter
PS
adjacent
cell report
priority
RepPrioPS
This
parameter
defines the
priority of
adjacent
cells to
report the
measurem
ent report
during PS
traffic
operation.
Priorities
of the
adjacent
cell are as
follows:
1 Adjacent
cell with
same
frequency
band.
These cell
shall have
the
following
features:
BSIC of
color code
is valid; Its
measured
field
intensity
ranks high
among
cells in the
same
0: Lower;1: High.0 0 - - -
UTRAN
Neighbor
cell
handover
and
reselection
parameter
Is support
CCN mode
CCNSUPPORT CNN mode refers to cell alternating notificaiton. When BSS supports CCN mode, if MS does cell reselection in NC0 and NC1 modes, PACKET CELL CHANGE NOTIFICATION message notification shall be delivered to network in normal case. After network receives this message, it can send specific system message about standby cell to MS. Yes, No No No - - -
900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M
- - - - - - - -
The parameter belongs to 2-3G handover
parameters. It hasn't been used yet, so we
recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
Set a strength threshold for adjacent cells
in 3G network (set RSCP and Ec/No
respectively). When at least some (P) of
the latest sliding averages of RSCO or
Ec/No (N) are larger or equal to the
threshold, handovers to adjacent cells in
3G network can be triggered. This
strength threshold is the sum of threshold
for handover to 3G cells and the offset
value. Usually the sliding window size
uses the default value.
- - - - - - - -
Set a strength threshold for adjacent cells
in 3G network (set RSCP and Ec/No
respectively). When at least some (P) of
the latest sliding averages of RSCO or
Ec/No (N) are larger or equal to the
threshold, handovers to adjacent cells in
3G network can be triggered. This
strength threshold is the sum of threshold
for handover to 3G cells and the offset
value. Usually the sliding window size
uses the default value.
- - - - - - - -
The handover decision method (controlled
by MSC or BSC) to be adopted is
configured through ServiceHo. If the
ServiceHo in cell property is configured as
"BSC decides handover priority", then the
system decides whether to prioritize 3G
cells or 2G cells according to selection
strategies of handover target cells
configured in OMCR. if the ServiceHo in
cell property is configured as "MSC
decides handover priority", the system
decides whether to prioritize 3G cells or
2G cells according to the core network
handover preference strategies in the
service data field. This parameter hasn't
- - - - - - - -
When both WCDMA adjacent cellsand
TD-SCDMA adjacent cells exist at the
same time, we may control the priority of
WCDMA and TD-SCDMA through
parameter "FDD/TDD handover
(FDDTDDPrio) " at iBSC side.
Values
Rural Wide Coverage
Express
Way/High-
speed Railway
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
Indoor
Coverage/Tunn
el
- - - - - - - -
The value of this parameter shall be set
lower than HoRSCPThsFDD; in order to
realize handovers based on system load,
iBSC needs to inform the adjacent BSS or
RNS of its own load, which is realized
through iBSC sending LOAD
INDICATION (BSSAP) to MSC at regular
times. In order to perform load
measurement and report indicators, three
parameters need to be set at OMCR,
which include "LoadInd", "LoadValidTime"
and "loadIndPrd" which respectively
represent whether to enable the "LoadInd"
and the timeing of load report. This
- - - - - - - -
The value of this parameter shall be set
lower than HoRSCPThsFDD; in order to
realize handovers based on system load,
iBSC needs to inform the adjacent BSS or
RNS of its own load, which is realized
through iBSC sending LOAD
INDICATION (BSSAP) to MSC at regular
times. In order to perform load
measurement and report indicators, three
parameters need to be set at OMCR,
which include "LoadInd", "LoadValidTime"
- - - - - - - -
The value of this parameter shall be set
lower than HoRSCPThsFDD; in order to
realize handovers based on system load,
iBSC needs to inform the adjacent BSS or
RNS of its own load, which is realized
through iBSC sending LOAD
INDICATION (BSSAP) to MSC at regular
times. In order to perform load
measurement and report indicators, three
parameters need to be set at OMCR,
which include "LoadInd", "LoadValidTime"
and "loadIndPrd" which respectively
represent whether to enable the "LoadInd"
and the timeing of load report. This
- - - - - - - -
For iBSC, in order to support 2-3G
handover of CS domain, it first needs to
enable the InterSysHoCtrl in BSC. We
usually keep the default value of this
parameter.
- - - - - - - -
To enable inter-system directed retry, we
need to first enable the external directed
retry in "module parameters", and then
enable "Directed retry to UTRAN cell
allowed". We usually keep the default
value of this parameter.
- - - - - - - -
This parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
This parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
This parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
This parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
This parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
This parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
This parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
This parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
This parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
If the system requires support of GSM-
>3G handover, we recommend to set this
parameter with any value but 15. If it's not
necessary for the system to support GSM-
>3G handover, set the parameter with 15.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value, if extended BCCH is not configured
in the system.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
For parameter Qsearch_I and cells with
interoperability, after MS enters the
interoperability cell it performs
measurements of the other system. As
long as the 3G signals satisfy the residing
requirements of MS, handover will be
performed to the 3G system. If the system
requires support of GSM->3G reselection,
the parameter shall be set as 7 in the
adjacent cells of the other system. In this
case, 2G->3G reselection success rate
may be improved. To set the parameter
as 15 means to stop the measurements.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
Adopt the default value of the parameter
or set it with 0 upon operator's
requirement.
7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
This is a key parameter for 2G-3G cell
reselection. The parameter's reference
value for network optimization is 7 (-
12dB). The difference betwenn cell
reselection decision thresholds of the two
systems WCDMA and GSM/GPRS must
be at least 4dB, such as the difference
between SsearchRAT of WCDMA and
FDD_Qmin of GSM/GPRS. To set the
parameter as 7 helps to improve 2G->3G
reselection success rate.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Value 8 means the offset between GSM
signal and 3G signal is 0. The common
case is that 3G system occupies
2000MHz frequency band
, which results in big transmission loss. It's
better to set the parameter with 0, that is
not to consider the influence of 3G signals
during GSM->3G reselection process,
which helps to increase 2G->3G
reselection success rate.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
5 (-
12dB)
5 (-
12dB)
5 (-
12dB)
5 (-
12dB)
5 (-
12dB)
5 (-
12dB)
5 (-
12dB)
5 (-
12dB)
Value 8 means the offset is 0 it is only
used for reselction. To set the parameter
with 5 - 6 helps to improve 2G-3G
reselection success rate. It should be set
with values smaller than 8, like 5 or 6.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
The parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
The parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
The parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
The parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
The parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
The parameter hasn't been used yet. It
needs PBCCH or NC2 function to support,
which are usually disabled.
- - - - - - - -
The parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
The parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
The parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
The parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
The parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
The parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
The parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
The parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
The parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
The parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
The parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
The parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
The parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
The parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
The parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
The parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
- - - - - - - -
According to 2-3G adjacent cell
parameters planning
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
It's recommended to keep the default
value.
- - - - - - - -
The parameter hasn't been used yet, so
we recommend to keep the default value.
Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter
Coverage
Rate
Remarks Accessibil
ity
Mobility Reliability
CN Side
Indicators
Throughp
ut

S-ar putea să vă placă și